1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
75 \bibtex_command default
76 \index_command default
80 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
81 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
85 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
86 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
87 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
92 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
93 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
102 \paperorientation portrait
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes true
127 \output_changes false
128 \html_use_mathml true
130 \author 1 "Richard Heck"
144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
146 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
150 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
161 \begin_inset Newline newline
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Note Note
172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
173 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
174 \begin_inset Newline newline
179 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
187 \begin_layout Standard
188 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
189 LatexCommand tableofcontents
196 \begin_layout Chapter
200 \begin_layout Section
204 \begin_layout Standard
205 LyX is a document preparation system.
206 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
207 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
208 It is unlike most other
209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
216 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
218 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
234 pt type, left justified, 5
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
247 \begin_layout Standard
248 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
261 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
265 \begin_layout Standard
267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
278 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
279 the format of all of the manuals.
280 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
281 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
298 \begin_layout Section
302 \begin_layout Standard
303 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
305 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
306 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
386 \begin_inset Index idx
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
412 \begin_inset Index idx
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
523 \begin_inset Index idx
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
541 \begin_inset Index idx
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that — a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
832 \begin_inset Index idx
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
987 \begin_inset Index idx
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1047 \begin_inset Index idx
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1057 \begin_inset Index idx
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1212 \begin_inset Index idx
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1222 \begin_inset Index idx
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1318 \begin_inset Index idx
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1390 \begin_layout Enumerate
1395 \begin_layout Standard
1400 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1405 \begin_layout Section
1407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1409 name "sec:Navigating"
1414 \begin_inset Index idx
1417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1426 \begin_layout Standard
1427 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1430 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1436 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1439 \begin_layout Itemize
1442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1445 or the toolbar button
1446 \begin_inset Graphics
1447 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1456 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1457 (TOC) that is described in section
1458 \begin_inset space ~
1462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1464 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1469 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1470 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1471 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1472 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1473 to the document, see section
1474 \begin_inset space ~
1478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1480 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1489 option sorts the current list, and the
1493 option keeps it in the current view state.
1494 Keeping means that when you have e.
1495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1499 \begin_inset space \space{}
1502 the subsections of section
1503 \begin_inset space ~
1506 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 3, the subsections of section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1519 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1520 \begin_inset space ~
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1528 \begin_inset space \space{}
1532 \begin_inset Graphics
1533 filename ../images/down.png
1534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1539 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1544 \begin_inset space \space{}
1548 \begin_inset Graphics
1549 filename ../images/up.png
1550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1555 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1559 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1561 So you can for example move section
1562 \begin_inset space ~
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1572 \begin_inset Graphics
1573 filename ../images/promote.png
1574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1579 \begin_inset Graphics
1580 filename ../images/demote.png
1581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1585 or the corresponding key bindings
1593 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1594 So you can for example make section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_layout Standard
1611 \begin_inset Graphics
1612 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1618 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1619 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1620 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1621 go back to your last editing position.
1624 \begin_layout Section
1626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1636 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1641 \begin_inset Index idx
1644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1651 \begin_inset Index idx
1654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1685 \begin_layout Standard
1686 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1688 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1689 is used to propose completions.
1692 \begin_layout Standard
1693 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1694 there are completions available.
1695 You can then press the
1699 key to use this completion.
1700 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1701 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1702 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1709 \begin_layout Standard
1710 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1712 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1715 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1717 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1720 by deselecting the option
1727 Automatic inline completion
1729 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1730 To accept this proposal, use the
1739 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1740 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1748 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1755 \begin_layout Section
1757 \begin_inset Index idx
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1767 \begin_inset Index idx
1770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1799 \begin_inset Index idx
1802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1833 \begin_layout Standard
1834 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1835 LyX's default is CUA.
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1842 \begin_inset space ~
1850 \begin_inset space ~
1871 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1875 \begin_layout Labeling
1876 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1880 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1881 LatexCommand nomenclature
1883 description "Tabulator key"
1889 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1890 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1891 \begin_inset space ~
1895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1897 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1904 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1908 , especially section
1909 \begin_inset space ~
1913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1915 reference "sub:Lists"
1921 If you're still confused, look in the
1928 \begin_layout Labeling
1929 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1933 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1934 LatexCommand nomenclature
1936 description "Escape key"
1943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1950 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1951 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1954 \begin_layout Labeling
1955 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1961 \begin_inset space ~
1965 \begin_inset space ~
1972 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1973 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1977 \begin_layout Standard
1978 There are three modifier keys:
1981 \begin_layout Labeling
1982 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2000 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2001 LatexCommand nomenclature
2003 description "Control key"
2007 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2008 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2012 \begin_layout Itemize
2021 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2024 \begin_layout Itemize
2033 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2036 \begin_layout Itemize
2045 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2049 \begin_layout Labeling
2050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2068 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2069 LatexCommand nomenclature
2071 description "Shift key"
2075 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2076 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2079 \begin_layout Labeling
2080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2098 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2099 LatexCommand nomenclature
2101 description "Alt or Meta key"
2105 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2106 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2107 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2113 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2115 menu accelerator keys
2118 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2119 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2123 \begin_layout Standard
2124 For example, the sequence
2125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2131 \begin_inset space ~
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2141 \begin_inset space ~
2149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2168 \begin_inset space ~
2174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2184 \begin_layout Standard
2189 manual lists all other things bound to the
2197 \begin_layout Standard
2198 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2199 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2200 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2201 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2202 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2203 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2204 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2205 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2221 followed by a capital
2228 \begin_layout Standard
2229 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2231 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2236 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2239 as explained in sec.
2240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2246 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2253 \begin_layout Chapter
2255 \begin_inset Index idx
2258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2267 \begin_layout Section
2269 \begin_inset Index idx
2272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 \begin_layout Subsection
2285 \begin_layout Standard
2286 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2287 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2288 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2289 numbering schemes, and so on.
2290 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2291 and format the title of your document differently.
2294 \begin_layout Standard
2299 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2300 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2301 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2302 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2303 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2306 \begin_layout Standard
2307 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2308 how to adjust their properties.
2311 \begin_layout Subsection
2313 \begin_inset Index idx
2316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2325 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2332 \begin_layout Standard
2333 You can select a class using the
2335 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2337 \begin_inset Index idx
2340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2349 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2353 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2362 \begin_layout Description
2363 Article for basic articles
2366 \begin_layout Description
2367 Report for basic reports
2370 \begin_layout Description
2371 Book for writing a book
2374 \begin_layout Description
2375 Letter for US-style letters
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2381 \change_deleted 1 1263338271
2383 \change_inserted 1 1263338359
2384 corresponding LaTeX class files, though most TeX distributions will include
2388 Here are some of the classes
2389 \change_inserted 1 1263338393
2394 \change_deleted 1 1263338396
2396 \change_inserted 1 1263338397
2399 he full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2401 Special Document Classes
2410 \begin_layout Description
2411 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2414 \begin_layout Description
2421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2430 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2434 \begin_layout Description
2435 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2436 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2437 There are three article layouts available.
2438 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2439 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2440 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2441 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2446 sequential numbering
2447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2450 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2451 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2452 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2453 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2456 \begin_layout Description
2457 Beamer Layout for presentations
2460 \begin_layout Description
2461 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2462 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2466 \begin_layout Description
2468 \begin_inset space ~
2471 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2474 \begin_layout Description
2475 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2478 \begin_layout Description
2481 Die TeXnische Komödie
2483 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 Foils Used to make transparencies
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2498 \begin_layout Description
2499 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2500 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2506 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2509 \begin_layout Description
2510 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2513 \begin_layout Description
2514 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2519 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2522 \begin_layout Description
2523 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2526 \begin_layout Description
2531 LaTeX document class
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2538 \begin_layout Description
2543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2550 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2551 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2553 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2556 \begin_layout Description
2557 Slides Used to make transparencies
2560 \begin_layout Description
2562 \begin_inset space ~
2565 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2566 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2569 \begin_layout Description
2570 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2573 \begin_layout Description
2578 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2581 \begin_layout Standard
2582 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2584 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2589 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2590 of the document classes.
2593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2602 \begin_inset Index idx
2605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2614 \begin_layout Standard
2615 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2616 in the chosen document class.
2617 For example you might want to
2618 \change_deleted 1 1263338413
2621 write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2622 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2623 the corresponding module in the
2629 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2633 \begin_inset Index idx
2636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2643 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2647 \begin_layout Standard
2648 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2656 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2657 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2674 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2676 \change_inserted 1 1263338440
2677 LyX will also advise you about these things.
2687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2691 \begin_layout Standard
2692 Each class has a default set of options.
2693 Here's a quick table describing them:
2696 \begin_layout Standard
2697 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2703 \begin_layout Standard
2705 \begin_inset Tabular
2706 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2707 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2708 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2709 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2710 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2711 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2712 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 \begin_layout Standard
3167 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3173 \begin_layout Standard
3174 You're probably also wondering what
3175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3179 \begin_inset space ~
3183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3187 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3188 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3193 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3198 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3208 headings, there are also
3216 headings, and so on.
3217 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3218 \begin_inset space ~
3222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3224 reference "sub:Headings"
3231 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3235 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3240 \begin_inset Index idx
3243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3252 \begin_inset Index idx
3255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3264 \begin_layout Standard
3265 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3267 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3278 \begin_inset space ~
3283 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3285 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3286 to use for your document.
3287 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3291 \begin_layout Standard
3298 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3304 \begin_inset space ~
3309 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3310 You can choose between the following five options:
3313 \begin_layout Labeling
3314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3319 Use default page style of current class.
3322 \begin_layout Labeling
3323 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3328 No page numbers or headings.
3331 \begin_layout Labeling
3332 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3340 \begin_layout Labeling
3341 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3346 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3347 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3348 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3351 \begin_layout Labeling
3352 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3357 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3363 \begin_inset Index idx
3366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3367 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3373 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3374 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3376 Check the documentation for the
3380 package for more details,
3381 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3390 \begin_layout Standard
3395 of paragraphs is described in section
3396 \begin_inset space ~
3400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3402 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3409 \begin_layout Subsection
3410 Paper Size and Orientation
3411 \begin_inset Index idx
3414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3415 Document ! Paper size
3421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3423 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3430 \begin_layout Standard
3431 You'll find the following options in the menu
3434 \begin_inset space ~
3439 of the dialog of the
3441 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3447 \begin_inset Index idx
3450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3459 \begin_layout Labeling
3460 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3464 \begin_inset space ~
3469 What size paper to print on.
3473 \begin_layout Itemize
3479 \begin_layout Itemize
3489 \begin_layout Itemize
3495 \begin_layout Itemize
3501 \begin_layout Itemize
3507 \begin_layout Itemize
3513 \begin_layout Itemize
3519 \begin_layout Labeling
3520 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3525 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3536 \begin_layout Labeling
3537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3541 \begin_inset space ~
3546 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3547 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3550 \begin_layout Subsection
3552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3559 \begin_inset Index idx
3562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3569 \begin_inset Index idx
3572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3581 \begin_layout Standard
3582 Paper margins are set in the menu
3584 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3588 \begin_inset Index idx
3591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3600 \begin_layout Standard
3601 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3602 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3603 the paper format and the font size into account.
3606 \begin_layout Subsection
3610 \begin_layout Standard
3611 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3616 That includes the paragraph environments.
3617 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3618 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3619 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX
3620 \change_inserted 1 1263335989
3621 will mark the paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3630 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3632 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3633 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3634 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3635 \change_deleted 1 1263335996
3636 sets the missing paragraph environments to
3640 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3641 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3642 the conversion and why it failed.
3647 \begin_layout Section
3648 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3649 \begin_inset Index idx
3652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3653 Paragraph ! Indentation
3661 \begin_layout Subsection
3663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3665 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3672 \begin_layout Standard
3673 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3674 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3677 \begin_layout Standard
3678 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3679 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3680 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3681 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3685 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3691 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3692 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3693 language than English.
3694 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3697 \begin_layout Standard
3698 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3699 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3701 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3702 LyX takes care of that.
3703 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3705 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3706 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3707 of a page, and so on.
3711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3712 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3717 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3718 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3722 of these pre-coded spacings.
3723 We'll explain more later.
3726 \begin_layout Subsection
3727 Paragraph Separation
3728 \begin_inset Index idx
3731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3732 Paragraph ! Separation
3740 \begin_layout Standard
3741 To separate paragraphs, select
3752 \begin_inset space ~
3759 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3763 \begin_inset Index idx
3766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3772 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3773 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3774 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3777 \begin_layout Standard
3787 \begin_layout Standard
3788 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3789 \begin_inset space ~
3793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3795 reference "cap:Units"
3800 The default length is 30
3801 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3807 \begin_layout Subsection
3811 \begin_layout Standard
3812 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3815 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3817 \begin_inset space ~
3822 dialog and toggle the
3825 \begin_inset space ~
3830 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3833 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3837 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3838 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3844 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3847 \begin_layout Subsection
3849 \begin_inset Index idx
3852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3853 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3861 \begin_layout Standard
3864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3868 \begin_inset Index idx
3871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3880 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3883 \begin_inset space ~
3892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3893 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3898 \begin_inset Index idx
3901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3902 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3907 installed to use this feature.
3915 \begin_layout Section
3916 Paragraph Environments
3917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3919 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3924 \begin_inset Index idx
3927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3928 Paragraph ! Environments
3934 \begin_inset Index idx
3937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3938 Paragraph environments|(
3946 \begin_layout Subsection
3950 \begin_layout Standard
3951 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3954 \begin_layout Standard
3973 \begin_inset Newline newline
3976 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3977 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3978 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3987 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3990 \begin_layout Standard
3991 A paragraph environment is simply a
3992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3999 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4000 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4001 scheme, labels, and so on.
4002 Additionally, you can
4003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4010 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4011 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4012 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4013 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4014 days of typewriters.
4015 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4017 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4020 \begin_layout Standard
4021 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4022 \begin_inset Graphics
4023 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4029 at the left end of the toolbar.
4030 LyX will change the environment of the
4034 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4035 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4036 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4040 \begin_layout Standard
4049 create a new paragraph using the
4053 paragraph environment.
4055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4062 because if you are in one of these environments:
4065 \begin_layout Itemize
4071 \begin_layout Itemize
4077 \begin_layout Itemize
4083 \begin_layout Itemize
4089 \begin_layout Itemize
4095 \begin_layout Itemize
4101 \begin_layout Itemize
4107 \begin_layout Standard
4108 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4112 , rather than resetting it to
4117 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4118 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4119 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4120 \begin_inset space ~
4124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4126 reference "sec:Nesting"
4131 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4136 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4137 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4141 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4147 \begin_layout Subsection
4151 \begin_layout Standard
4152 The default paragraph environment is
4157 It creates a plain paragraph.
4158 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4159 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4160 this manual) are in the
4167 \begin_layout Standard
4168 You can nest a paragraph using the
4172 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4180 \begin_layout Subsection
4182 \begin_inset Index idx
4185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4194 \begin_layout Standard
4195 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4204 for thanks or contact information.
4205 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4206 page along with today's date.
4207 For other types of documents, the title
4208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4215 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4219 \begin_layout Standard
4220 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4234 Here's how you use them:
4237 \begin_layout Itemize
4238 Put the title of your document in the
4245 \begin_layout Itemize
4246 Put the author name in the
4253 \begin_layout Itemize
4254 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4255 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4261 Note that using this environment is optional.
4262 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4263 If you don't want any date, add the line
4264 \begin_inset Newline newline
4274 \begin_inset Newline newline
4277 to the preamble of your document (menu
4279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4286 You can use footnotes to insert
4287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4294 or contact information.
4297 \begin_layout Subsection
4299 \begin_inset Index idx
4302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4318 \begin_layout Standard
4319 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4320 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4325 \begin_inset Index idx
4328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4329 Section headings ! Numbered
4337 \begin_layout Standard
4338 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4342 \begin_layout Enumerate
4348 \begin_layout Enumerate
4354 \begin_layout Enumerate
4360 \begin_layout Enumerate
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4372 \begin_layout Enumerate
4378 \begin_layout Enumerate
4384 \begin_layout Standard
4385 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4386 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4387 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4392 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4393 You group the book into chapters.
4394 LyX does similar grouping:
4397 \begin_layout Itemize
4402 is divided in either
4413 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 \begin_layout Itemize
4437 \begin_layout Itemize
4449 \begin_layout Itemize
4461 \begin_layout Itemize
4473 \begin_layout Standard
4474 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4482 Not all document types use the
4486 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4491 is the top-level heading.
4499 \begin_layout Standard
4504 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4505 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4507 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4521 \begin_inset Index idx
4524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4525 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4534 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4538 \begin_layout Enumerate
4544 \begin_layout Enumerate
4550 \begin_layout Enumerate
4556 \begin_layout Enumerate
4562 \begin_layout Enumerate
4568 \begin_layout Standard
4570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4577 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4578 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4579 table of contents, see section
4580 \begin_inset space ~
4584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4594 Changing the Numbering
4595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4597 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4604 \begin_layout Standard
4605 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4606 in the Table of Contents.
4607 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4609 Certain classes start with
4623 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4633 This is something you can change.
4636 \begin_layout Standard
4639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4645 \begin_inset Index idx
4648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4659 \begin_inset space ~
4663 \begin_inset space ~
4668 you'll see two counters.
4673 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4675 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4679 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4680 Short Titles of Headings
4681 \begin_inset Index idx
4684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4685 Section headings ! Short titles
4694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4703 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4710 \begin_layout Standard
4711 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4712 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4713 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4714 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4717 \begin_layout Standard
4718 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4719 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4720 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4721 To specify a short title, use the menu
4723 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4725 \begin_inset space ~
4731 This will insert a box labeled
4732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4747 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4748 This also works for captions inside floats.
4751 \begin_layout Standard
4752 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4755 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4759 \begin_layout Standard
4760 The following information applies to all section headings:
4763 \begin_layout Itemize
4764 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4767 \begin_layout Itemize
4768 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4771 \begin_layout Itemize
4772 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4775 \begin_layout Itemize
4776 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4779 \begin_layout Subsection
4780 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4783 \begin_layout Standard
4784 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4798 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4799 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4800 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4801 the text they contain.
4802 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4810 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4813 \begin_layout Standard
4814 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4823 when you start a new paragraph.
4824 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4828 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4829 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4830 to change back to the
4834 environment yourself.
4837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4854 \begin_inset Index idx
4857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4866 \begin_layout Standard
4867 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4868 time for the differences.
4877 are identical except for one difference:
4881 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4890 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4893 \begin_layout Standard
4894 Here's an example of the
4907 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4909 See – no indentation!
4913 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4914 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4915 the other paragraph.
4918 \begin_layout Standard
4919 Here's another example, this time in the
4926 \begin_layout Quotation
4932 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4933 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4934 the first line, then
4938 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4942 you were quoting other text.
4945 \begin_layout Quotation
4946 Here's a new paragraph.
4947 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4948 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4951 \begin_layout Standard
4952 As the examples show,
4956 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4957 They should put quotes in the
4962 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4966 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4969 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4975 \begin_inset Index idx
4978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4987 \begin_inset Index idx
4990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5006 \begin_layout Standard
5011 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5017 \begin_inset Newline newline
5020 Which I did not rehearse!
5024 It could be much worse.
5025 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5027 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5028 indented a bit more than the first.
5029 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5035 \begin_inset Newline newline
5038 And make things look fine
5039 \begin_inset Newline newline
5045 arg "newline-insert newline"
5051 \begin_layout Standard
5056 does not indent both margins.
5057 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5058 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5065 arg "newline-insert newline"
5071 \begin_layout Subsection
5073 \begin_inset Index idx
5076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5093 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5103 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5112 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5113 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5114 some general features of all four of them.
5117 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5121 \begin_layout Standard
5122 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5124 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5133 reset the environment to
5137 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5138 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5139 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5143 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5146 to break paragraphs.
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5150 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5151 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5153 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5154 you read all of section
5155 \begin_inset space ~
5159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5161 reference "sec:Nesting"
5169 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5175 \begin_inset Index idx
5178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5194 \begin_layout Standard
5195 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5199 paragraph environment.
5200 It has the following properties:
5203 \begin_layout Itemize
5204 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5208 \begin_layout Itemize
5209 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5212 \begin_layout Itemize
5213 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5217 \begin_layout Itemize
5218 The items can have any length.
5219 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5220 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5227 \begin_layout Itemize
5232 environment inside another
5236 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5240 \begin_layout Itemize
5241 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5244 \begin_layout Itemize
5245 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5248 \begin_layout Itemize
5250 \begin_inset space ~
5254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5256 reference "sec:Nesting"
5260 for a full explanation of nesting.
5264 \begin_layout Standard
5265 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5274 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5277 \begin_layout Standard
5278 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5279 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5282 \begin_layout Itemize
5283 The label for the first level
5287 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5291 \begin_layout Itemize
5292 The label for the second level is a dash.
5296 \begin_layout Itemize
5297 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5301 \begin_layout Itemize
5302 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5306 \begin_layout Itemize
5307 Back out to the third level.
5311 \begin_layout Itemize
5312 Back to the second level.
5316 \begin_layout Itemize
5317 Back to the outermost level.
5320 \begin_layout Standard
5321 These are the default labels for an
5326 You can customize these labels in the
5328 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5331 dialog in the submenu
5338 \begin_inset Index idx
5341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5350 \begin_layout Standard
5351 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5352 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5354 \begin_inset space ~
5358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5360 reference "sec:Nesting"
5367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5373 \begin_inset Index idx
5376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5385 name "sec:Enumerate"
5392 \begin_layout Standard
5397 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5398 It has these properties:
5401 \begin_layout Enumerate
5402 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5406 \begin_layout Enumerate
5407 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5411 \begin_layout Enumerate
5412 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5415 \begin_layout Enumerate
5420 environment resets the counter to one.
5423 \begin_layout Enumerate
5436 \begin_layout Enumerate
5437 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5438 Items can have any length.
5441 \begin_layout Enumerate
5442 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5445 \begin_layout Enumerate
5446 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5449 \begin_layout Enumerate
5450 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5454 \begin_layout Standard
5463 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5464 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5471 \begin_layout Enumerate
5472 The first level of an
5476 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5480 \begin_layout Enumerate
5481 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5485 \begin_layout Enumerate
5486 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5490 \begin_layout Enumerate
5491 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5494 \begin_layout Enumerate
5495 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5500 \begin_layout Enumerate
5501 Back to the third level
5505 \begin_layout Enumerate
5506 Back to the second level.
5510 \begin_layout Enumerate
5511 Back to the outermost level.
5514 \begin_layout Standard
5515 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5520 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5525 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5529 \begin_layout Standard
5530 There is more to nesting
5534 environments than we've stated here.
5535 You should read section
5536 \begin_inset space ~
5540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5542 reference "sec:Nesting"
5546 to learn more about nesting.
5549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5555 \begin_inset Index idx
5558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5567 \begin_layout Standard
5568 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5572 list has no fixed label.
5573 Instead, LyX uses the first
5574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5581 of the first line as the label.
5585 \begin_layout Description
5586 Example: This is an example of the
5593 \begin_layout Standard
5594 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5598 \begin_layout Standard
5600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5607 it is meant that the first hit of the
5611 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5613 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5621 arg "space-insert protected"
5626 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5627 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5629 \begin_inset space ~
5635 \begin_inset space ~
5639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5641 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5645 for more info.) Here is an example:
5648 \begin_layout Description
5650 \begin_inset space ~
5653 Example: This one shows how to use a
5656 \begin_inset space ~
5668 \begin_layout Description
5669 Usage: You should use the
5673 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5674 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5676 It's not a good idea to use a
5680 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5681 You're better off using
5693 paragraphs into them.
5696 \begin_layout Description
5697 Nesting: You can nest
5701 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5705 \begin_layout Standard
5706 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5707 them from the first line.
5710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5716 \begin_inset Index idx
5719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5728 \begin_layout Standard
5733 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5736 \begin_layout Standard
5737 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5745 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5750 environment is named
5762 \begin_layout Standard
5771 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5772 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5775 \begin_layout Labeling
5776 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5778 \begin_inset space ~
5781 labels LyX uses the first
5782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5789 of each line as the item label.
5794 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5795 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5796 blank as described above.
5799 \begin_layout Labeling
5800 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5801 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5802 the body of the item text.
5803 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5804 label width plus a little extra space.
5808 \begin_layout Labeling
5809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5814 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5816 If the label width is larger, the label
5817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5824 into the first line.
5825 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5826 margin of the rest of the item text.
5829 \begin_layout Labeling
5830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5832 \begin_inset space ~
5835 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5840 environment have the same left margin.
5841 \begin_inset Newline newline
5844 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5847 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5849 \begin_inset space ~
5858 \begin_inset space ~
5863 determines the default label width.
5864 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5873 multiple times instead.
5874 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5883 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5886 \begin_inset space ~
5891 every time you alter a label in a
5896 \begin_inset Newline newline
5899 The predefined default width is the length of
5900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5909 \begin_inset Newline newline
5913 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5921 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5922 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5930 \begin_layout Standard
5935 environment the same way like the
5939 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5945 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5949 \begin_layout Standard
5954 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5956 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5958 \begin_inset space ~
5962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5964 reference "sec:Nesting"
5968 to learn about nesting.
5971 \begin_layout Standard
5972 There is yet another feature of the
5976 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5978 You can use additional
5982 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5987 are documented in section
5988 \begin_inset space ~
5992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5994 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5999 Here are some examples:
6000 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6006 \begin_layout Labeling
6007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6008 Left The default for
6015 \begin_layout Labeling
6016 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6017 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6024 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6027 \begin_layout Labeling
6028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6029 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6033 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6040 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6043 \begin_layout Subsection
6045 \begin_inset Index idx
6048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6073 \begin_layout Standard
6074 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6082 \begin_inset space ~
6088 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6089 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6090 In contrast, you can use the
6097 \begin_inset space ~
6102 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6103 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6107 \begin_layout Standard
6108 Of course, you're not limited to using
6115 \begin_inset space ~
6124 \begin_inset space ~
6129 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6130 some European academic papers.
6133 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6137 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6144 \begin_layout Standard
6149 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6150 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6154 \begin_inset space ~
6159 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6160 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6161 Here's an example of each:
6164 \begin_layout Right Address
6166 \begin_inset Newline newline
6170 \begin_inset Newline newline
6174 \begin_inset Newline newline
6177 When is it? What is today?
6180 \begin_layout Standard
6184 \begin_inset space ~
6190 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6191 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6192 Here's an example of the
6199 \begin_layout Address
6201 \begin_inset Newline newline
6204 Where do I send this
6205 \begin_inset Newline newline
6208 Your post office and country
6211 \begin_layout Standard
6212 As you can see, both
6219 \begin_inset space ~
6224 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6229 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6235 This makes sense, since
6243 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6244 Thus, you have to use
6251 arg "newline-insert newline"
6257 \begin_inset space ~
6260 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6262 \begin_inset space ~
6271 menu) to start a new line in an
6278 \begin_inset space ~
6286 \begin_layout Subsection
6290 \begin_layout Standard
6291 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6292 or list of references.
6293 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6296 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6300 \begin_inset Index idx
6303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6312 \begin_layout Standard
6317 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6318 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6319 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6320 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6324 in anything else or vice versa.
6330 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6331 The book document classes ignores the
6335 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6339 in a letter document class.
6342 \begin_layout Standard
6347 environment does several things for you.
6348 First, it puts the centered label
6349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6357 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6359 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6360 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6361 the subsequent text.
6362 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6363 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6366 \begin_layout Standard
6367 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6371 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6372 The new paragraph will still be in the
6377 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6378 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6381 \begin_layout Standard
6382 \begin_inset Float figure
6387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6389 \begin_inset Graphics
6390 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6398 \begin_inset Caption
6400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6403 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6424 \begin_layout Standard
6425 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6429 environment, but since this document is in the
6430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6437 class, we can't do this.
6438 We inserted it therefore as figure
6439 \begin_inset space ~
6443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6445 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6450 If you've never heard of an
6451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6458 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6467 \begin_inset Index idx
6470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6479 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6486 \begin_layout Standard
6491 environment is used to list references.
6492 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6493 only use it at the end of the document.
6498 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6501 \begin_layout Standard
6502 When you first open a
6506 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6522 depending on the document class.
6523 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6524 Each paragraph of the
6528 environment is a bibliography entry.
6533 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6534 Each new paragraph is still in the
6541 \begin_layout Standard
6542 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6543 by using a BibTeX database.
6544 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6545 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6546 \begin_inset space ~
6550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6552 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6559 \begin_layout Subsection
6563 \begin_inset Index idx
6566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6567 Paragraph ! LyX code
6573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6582 \begin_layout Standard
6587 environment is another LyX extension.
6588 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6593 key as a fixed whitespace;
6597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6609 \begin_inset space ~
6614 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6619 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6620 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6623 arg "newline-insert newline"
6640 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6641 So, when you finish using the
6645 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6646 Also, you can nest the
6650 environment inside of others.
6653 \begin_layout Standard
6654 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6657 \begin_layout Itemize
6661 arg "newline-insert newline"
6664 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6669 \begin_inset space \space{}
6679 arg "newline-insert newline"
6685 \begin_layout Itemize
6689 arg "newline-insert newline"
6700 \begin_layout Itemize
6705 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6712 \begin_layout Itemize
6716 arg "space-insert protected"
6723 \begin_layout Itemize
6724 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6725 You must put at least one
6729 in any line you want blank.
6730 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6734 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6738 since that will insert
6743 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6746 arg "self-insert \""
6752 \begin_layout Standard
6756 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6760 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6764 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6768 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6772 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6773 printf("Hello World!
6778 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6782 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6786 \begin_layout Standard
6787 This is just the standard
6788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6799 \begin_layout Standard
6804 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6805 rc-files, and so on.
6806 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6807 as if you used a typewriter.
6808 \begin_inset Index idx
6811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6812 Paragraph environments|)
6820 \begin_layout Section
6821 Nesting Environments
6822 \begin_inset Index idx
6825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6826 Nesting ! Environments
6832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6841 \begin_layout Subsection
6845 \begin_layout Standard
6846 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6848 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6850 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6852 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6864 \begin_layout Enumerate
6868 \begin_layout Enumerate
6873 \begin_layout Enumerate
6877 \begin_layout Enumerate
6882 \begin_layout Enumerate
6886 \begin_layout Standard
6887 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6888 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6891 \begin_inset space ~
6895 \begin_inset space ~
6903 \begin_inset space ~
6907 \begin_inset space ~
6916 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6917 will tell you how far you are nested).
6918 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6919 \begin_inset Graphics
6920 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6925 \begin_inset Graphics
6926 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6930 or the convenient key bindings
6941 arg "depth-increment"
6947 arg "depth-decrement"
6950 to change the nesting level.
6951 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6952 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6956 \begin_layout Standard
6957 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6958 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6959 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6960 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6963 \begin_layout Standard
6964 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6965 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6967 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6970 \begin_layout Subsection
6971 What You Can and Can't Nest
6974 \begin_layout Standard
6975 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6976 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6979 \begin_layout Standard
6980 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6981 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6982 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6985 \begin_layout Itemize
6986 Completely unnestable
6989 \begin_layout Itemize
6990 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6994 \begin_layout Itemize
6995 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6999 \begin_layout Standard
7000 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7001 environments have them:
7004 \begin_layout Description
7005 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7006 Can't nest into them.
7010 \begin_layout Itemize
7016 \begin_layout Itemize
7022 \begin_layout Itemize
7028 \begin_layout Itemize
7034 \begin_layout Itemize
7041 \begin_layout Description
7043 \begin_inset space ~
7046 Nestable You can nest them.
7047 You can nest other things into them.
7051 \begin_layout Itemize
7057 \begin_layout Itemize
7063 \begin_layout Itemize
7069 \begin_layout Itemize
7075 \begin_layout Itemize
7081 \begin_layout Itemize
7087 \begin_layout Itemize
7093 \begin_layout Itemize
7100 \begin_layout Description
7101 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7102 You can't nest anything into them.
7106 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7142 \begin_layout Itemize
7148 \begin_layout Itemize
7154 \begin_layout Itemize
7160 \begin_layout Itemize
7166 \begin_layout Itemize
7172 \begin_layout Itemize
7178 \begin_layout Itemize
7184 \begin_layout Itemize
7188 \begin_inset space ~
7194 \begin_layout Itemize
7201 \begin_layout Standard
7202 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7210 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7219 \begin_inset space ~
7223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7227 \begin_inset space \space{}
7230 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7231 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7232 section headings violate this.
7240 \begin_layout Subsection
7241 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7242 \begin_inset Index idx
7245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7246 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7254 \begin_layout Standard
7255 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7256 affected by nesting anyhow.
7260 \begin_layout Itemize
7264 \begin_layout Itemize
7268 \begin_layout Itemize
7272 \begin_layout Standard
7274 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7282 Figures and tables in
7286 are not affected by this.
7291 Have a look at section
7292 \begin_inset space ~
7296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7298 reference "sec:Floats"
7302 for more information about
7309 \begin_layout Standard
7310 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7311 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7315 \begin_layout Standard
7316 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7324 of its own, it behaves just like a
7325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7332 paragraph environment.
7333 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7337 \begin_layout Standard
7338 Here's an example with a table:
7341 \begin_layout Enumerate
7346 \begin_layout Enumerate
7347 This is (a) and it's nested.
7351 \begin_layout Standard
7352 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7358 \begin_layout Standard
7360 \begin_inset Tabular
7361 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7362 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7363 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7364 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7448 \begin_layout Standard
7449 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7456 \begin_layout Enumerate
7458 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7462 \begin_layout Enumerate
7466 \begin_layout Standard
7467 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7470 \begin_layout Enumerate
7475 \begin_layout Enumerate
7476 This is (a) and it's nested.
7480 \begin_layout Standard
7481 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7489 \begin_inset Tabular
7490 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7491 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7492 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7493 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7577 \begin_layout Standard
7578 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7584 \begin_layout Enumerate
7591 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7594 \begin_layout Enumerate
7598 \begin_layout Standard
7599 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7603 \begin_layout Standard
7604 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7606 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7609 \begin_layout Enumerate
7614 \begin_layout Enumerate
7615 This is (a) and it's nested.
7618 \begin_layout Standard
7619 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7625 \begin_layout Standard
7627 \begin_inset Tabular
7628 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7629 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7631 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7715 \begin_layout Standard
7716 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7722 \begin_layout Enumerate
7724 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7732 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 \begin_layout Standard
7737 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7743 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7744 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7748 \begin_layout Subsection
7749 Usage and General Features
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7753 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7762 is the innermost possible depth.
7763 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7766 \begin_layout Enumerate
7767 level #1 – outermost
7771 \begin_layout Enumerate
7776 \begin_layout Enumerate
7781 \begin_layout Enumerate
7786 \begin_layout Itemize
7791 \begin_layout Itemize
7800 \begin_layout Standard
7801 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7802 both of them in the example.
7803 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7813 For example, if we tried to nest another
7818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7825 , we would get errors.
7828 \begin_layout Subsection
7830 \begin_inset Index idx
7833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7842 \begin_layout Standard
7843 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7844 We have several examples of nested environments.
7845 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7849 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7850 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7853 \begin_layout Labeling
7854 \labelwidthstring MMM
7855 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7864 \begin_layout Labeling
7865 \labelwidthstring MMM
7866 #2-a This is level #2.
7867 We created it by using
7870 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7876 arg "depth-increment"
7883 \begin_layout Labeling
7884 \labelwidthstring MMM
7885 #3-a This is level #3.
7886 This time, we just hit
7893 arg "depth-increment"
7897 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7901 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7907 arg "depth-increment"
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7919 environment, nested inside of
7920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7928 So, it's at level #4.
7929 We did this by hitting
7932 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7938 arg "depth-increment"
7941 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7946 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
7962 \begin_layout Standard
7967 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7970 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7976 \begin_layout Labeling
7977 \labelwidthstring MMM
7978 #4-a This is level #4.
7982 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7985 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7990 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
7994 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7999 keep nesting things inside
8000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8011 \begin_layout Labeling
8012 \labelwidthstring MMM
8013 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8018 \begin_layout Labeling
8019 \labelwidthstring MMM
8020 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8021 and this is level #6.
8022 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8026 \begin_layout Labeling
8027 \labelwidthstring MMM
8028 #5-b Back to level #5.
8032 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8038 arg "depth-decrement"
8045 \begin_layout Labeling
8046 \labelwidthstring MMM
8050 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8056 arg "depth-decrement"
8059 , we're back at level #4.
8063 \begin_layout Labeling
8064 \labelwidthstring MMM
8065 #3-b Back to level #3.
8066 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8070 \begin_layout Labeling
8071 \labelwidthstring MMM
8072 #2-b Back to level #2.
8077 \begin_layout Labeling
8078 \labelwidthstring MMM
8079 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8080 After this sentence, we'll hit
8084 and change the paragraph environment back to
8091 \begin_layout Standard
8092 We could have also used the
8108 environment in place of the
8113 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8116 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8117 Example 2: Inheritance
8120 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8121 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8124 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8133 arg "depth-increment"
8136 , after which, we'll change to the
8144 \begin_layout Enumerate
8149 environment, at level #2.
8152 \begin_layout Enumerate
8153 Notice how the nested
8157 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8161 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8165 \begin_layout Standard
8166 We ended this example by hitting
8171 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8175 and reset the nesting depth by using
8178 arg "depth-decrement"
8184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8185 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8198 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8206 \begin_layout Enumerate
8207 This is level #1, in an
8211 paragraph environment.
8212 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8216 \begin_layout Enumerate
8221 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8227 arg "depth-increment"
8231 Now, what happens if we nest an
8235 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8236 label be? An asterisk?
8240 \begin_layout Itemize
8250 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8251 So, its label is a bullet.
8252 (We got here by using
8255 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8261 arg "depth-increment"
8264 , then changing the environment to
8272 \begin_layout Itemize
8273 Here's level #4, produced using
8276 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8282 arg "depth-increment"
8286 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8291 \begin_layout Enumerate
8292 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8294 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8299 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8303 , because we are in the
8312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8336 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8337 type of numbering does LyX use?
8340 \begin_layout Enumerate
8341 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8344 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8347 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8350 \begin_layout Enumerate
8354 arg "depth-decrement"
8357 to decrease the depth after the next
8360 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8367 \begin_layout Enumerate
8369 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8373 \begin_layout Enumerate
8375 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8376 numeral as the label.Why?
8379 \begin_layout Enumerate
8380 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8389 Notice, however, that LyX
8393 reset the counter for the label.
8397 \begin_layout Enumerate
8401 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8407 arg "depth-decrement"
8410 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8411 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8412 into the twofold-nested
8420 \begin_layout Enumerate
8421 The same thing happens if we do another
8424 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8430 arg "depth-decrement"
8433 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8436 \begin_layout Standard
8437 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8442 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8456 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8462 The same rule applies for the
8466 environment, as well.
8469 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8470 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8473 \begin_layout Enumerate
8474 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8475 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8476 same detail with how we did it.
8485 \begin_layout Standard
8493 arg "depth-increment"
8500 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8501 example in parentheses someplace.
8502 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8503 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8504 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8508 \begin_layout Enumerate
8513 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8518 Now we'll add verse.
8519 \begin_inset Newline newline
8522 It will get much worse.
8523 \begin_inset Newline newline
8533 arg "depth-increment"
8544 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8545 \begin_inset Newline newline
8548 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8549 \begin_inset Newline newline
8555 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8568 \begin_layout Standard
8569 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8575 \begin_layout Standard
8577 \begin_inset Tabular
8578 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8579 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8581 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8670 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8680 arg "depth-increment"
8686 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8696 arg "depth-decrement"
8703 \begin_layout Enumerate
8708 : level #1) This is another item.
8709 Note that selecting a
8713 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8714 3 times to put the table inside the
8722 \begin_layout Quotation
8723 We're now ending the
8727 list and changing to
8732 We're still at level #1.
8733 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8734 The next set of paragraphs is a
8735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8749 \begin_inset space ~
8754 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8758 for the letter body.
8762 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8765 to preserve the depth.
8766 Remember that you need to use
8769 arg "newline-insert newline"
8772 to create multiple lines inside the
8779 \begin_inset space ~
8789 \begin_layout Right Address
8791 \begin_inset Newline newline
8794 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8795 \begin_inset Newline newline
8801 \begin_layout Address
8803 \begin_inset space ~
8809 \begin_layout Quotation
8810 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8811 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8814 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8815 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8816 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8817 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8818 as soon as possible.
8819 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8822 \begin_layout Quotation
8823 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8824 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8825 with your order, along with payment.
8828 \begin_layout Quotation
8829 We thank you again for your patience.
8832 \begin_layout Address
8834 \begin_inset Newline newline
8841 \begin_layout Quotation
8842 That ends that example!
8845 \begin_layout Standard
8846 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8847 just a few keystrokes.
8848 We could have easily nested an
8869 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8872 \begin_layout Section
8873 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8874 \begin_inset Index idx
8877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 \begin_layout Standard
8887 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8888 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8889 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8890 be broken at the end of a line.
8891 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8895 \begin_layout Subsection
8897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8899 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8904 \begin_inset Index idx
8907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8916 \begin_layout Standard
8917 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8919 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8923 Further documentation is given in section
8924 \begin_inset Newline newline
8928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8930 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8938 \begin_layout Standard
8939 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8954 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8963 A protected space is set with
8965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8966 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8970 \begin_inset space ~
8980 arg "space-insert protected"
8986 \begin_layout Subsection
8988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8990 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8995 \begin_inset Index idx
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8999 Spacing ! Horizontal
9007 \begin_layout Standard
9008 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9015 The length units are listed in Appendix
9016 \begin_inset space ~
9020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9022 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9029 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9033 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9038 \begin_inset Index idx
9041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9050 \begin_layout Standard
9052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9056 \begin_inset space \space{}
9059 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9060 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9061 \begin_inset space ~
9065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9067 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9072 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9073 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9076 arg "space-insert normal"
9082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9086 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9091 \begin_inset Index idx
9094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9103 \begin_layout Standard
9105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9112 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9121 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9122 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9123 inside abbreviations:
9128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9132 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9135 \begin_layout Standard
9136 or between values and units.
9137 Compare for example this:
9138 \begin_inset Newline newline
9142 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9146 \begin_inset Newline newline
9152 \begin_layout Standard
9153 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9155 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9156 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9158 \begin_inset space ~
9166 arg "space-insert thin"
9172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9176 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9183 \begin_layout Standard
9184 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9187 \begin_layout Description
9189 \begin_inset space ~
9193 \begin_inset space ~
9197 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9201 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9205 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9208 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9211 \begin_layout Description
9213 \begin_inset space ~
9217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9221 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9225 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9229 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9236 em) space between the arrows.
9239 \begin_layout Description
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9245 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9249 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9253 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9257 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9261 \begin_inset space ~
9265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9268 em) space between the arrows.
9271 \begin_layout Description
9273 \begin_inset space ~
9277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9281 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9285 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9289 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9293 \begin_inset space ~
9297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9300 em) space between the arrows.
9303 \begin_layout Description
9305 \begin_inset space ~
9309 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9313 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9318 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9325 cm space between the arrows.
9328 \begin_layout Standard
9330 \begin_inset space ~
9334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9336 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9340 lists the different space sizes.
9343 \begin_layout Standard
9344 \begin_inset Float table
9349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9351 \begin_inset Caption
9353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9356 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9360 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9370 \begin_inset Tabular
9371 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9372 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9373 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9374 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9591 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9597 \begin_inset Index idx
9600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9609 \begin_layout Standard
9610 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9611 in a uniform fashion.
9612 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9613 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9614 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9615 equally between themselves.
9619 \begin_layout Standard
9620 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9625 This is on the left side
9626 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9629 This is on the right
9635 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9639 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9652 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9662 \begin_layout Standard
9663 That was an example in the
9669 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9673 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9677 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9680 is one in a standard paragraph.
9681 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9685 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9689 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9692 \begin_inset space ~
9697 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9706 \begin_inset space ~
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9714 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9718 \begin_inset space ~
9724 \begin_layout Standard
9726 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9730 \begin_inset space ~
9736 \begin_layout Standard
9738 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9742 \begin_inset space ~
9748 \begin_layout Standard
9750 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9754 \begin_inset space ~
9760 \begin_layout Standard
9762 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9766 \begin_inset space ~
9772 \begin_layout Standard
9773 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9781 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9785 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9786 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9787 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9791 option in the space dialog.
9799 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9801 \begin_inset Index idx
9804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9813 \begin_layout Standard
9814 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9816 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9820 \begin_inset space \space{}
9823 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9826 \begin_layout Standard
9827 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9830 What is correct English?:
9831 \begin_inset Newline newline
9835 \begin_inset Newline newline
9839 \begin_inset space ~
9842 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9843 \begin_inset Newline newline
9850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9861 \begin_inset Newline newline
9868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9879 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9885 \begin_layout Standard
9886 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9891 \begin_inset space ~
9895 \begin_inset space ~
9899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9903 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9915 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9921 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9925 for more information about TeX-Code.
9931 In our case write the command
9938 (note the space after
9939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9946 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9947 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9948 That is why it is named
9949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9961 There exists also the commands
9973 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9974 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9977 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9989 \begin_layout Subsection
9991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9993 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9998 \begin_inset Index idx
10001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10010 \begin_layout Standard
10011 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10014 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10016 \begin_inset space ~
10022 There you find the following sizes:
10025 \begin_layout Standard
10038 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10043 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10045 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10049 \begin_inset Index idx
10052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10053 Document ! Settings
10058 for the paragraph separation.
10059 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10070 \begin_layout Standard
10076 \begin_inset Index idx
10079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10085 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10086 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10088 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10089 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10098 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10107 s are described in section
10108 \begin_inset space ~
10112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10114 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10123 If there are several
10127 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10128 You can therefore use
10132 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10135 \begin_layout Standard
10140 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10141 \begin_inset space ~
10145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10147 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10154 \begin_layout Standard
10155 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10165 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10166 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10178 \begin_layout Subsection
10179 Paragraph Alignment
10182 \begin_layout Standard
10183 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10185 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10189 There are five possibilities:
10192 \begin_layout Itemize
10200 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10206 \begin_layout Itemize
10214 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10220 \begin_layout Itemize
10228 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10234 \begin_layout Itemize
10242 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10248 \begin_layout Itemize
10256 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10262 \begin_layout Standard
10263 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10264 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10265 the left and right margins.
10266 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10271 This paragraph is right aligned,
10274 \begin_layout Standard
10276 this one is centered,
10279 \begin_layout Standard
10281 this one is left aligned.
10284 \begin_layout Subsection
10286 \begin_inset Index idx
10289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10290 Page breaks ! Forced
10296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10298 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10305 \begin_layout Standard
10306 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10307 can force a page break where you want one.
10308 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10309 Only if you use a lot of
10313 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10316 \begin_layout Standard
10317 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10318 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10322 have to change the page breaking.
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10326 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10328 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10331 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10333 \begin_inset space ~
10339 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10342 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10344 \begin_inset space ~
10349 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10351 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10352 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10355 \begin_layout Standard
10356 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10357 at the top of a page.
10358 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10359 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10360 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10361 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10365 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10369 to learn more about
10376 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10380 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10385 \begin_inset Index idx
10388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10389 Page breaks ! Clear
10397 \begin_layout Standard
10398 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10399 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10400 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10401 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10402 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10405 \begin_layout Standard
10406 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10409 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10411 \begin_inset space ~
10417 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10420 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10422 \begin_inset space ~
10426 \begin_inset space ~
10431 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10432 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10435 \begin_layout Subsection
10437 \begin_inset Index idx
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10449 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10456 \begin_layout Standard
10457 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10459 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10461 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10462 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10464 \begin_inset space ~
10468 \begin_inset space ~
10476 arg "newline-insert newline"
10480 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10482 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10483 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10485 \begin_inset space ~
10489 \begin_inset space ~
10494 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10496 This is necessary to avoid
10497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10504 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10507 \begin_layout Standard
10508 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10509 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10510 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10511 set a line break, e.
10512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10516 \begin_inset space \space{}
10519 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10520 \begin_inset space ~
10524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10526 reference "sec:Quote"
10531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10533 reference "sec:Verse"
10538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10540 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10547 \begin_layout Subsection
10549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10551 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10556 \begin_inset Index idx
10559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10568 \begin_layout Standard
10573 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10574 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10576 \begin_inset space ~
10581 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10587 \begin_layout Section
10588 Characters and Symbols
10591 \begin_layout Standard
10592 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10593 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10598 \begin_inset space \space{}
10601 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10609 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10613 for information on how this is done.
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10617 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10622 dialog via the menu
10624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10625 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10631 \begin_layout Standard
10632 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10640 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10641 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10642 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10650 \begin_layout Section
10651 Fonts and Text Styles
10652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10654 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10661 \begin_layout Subsection
10663 \begin_inset Index idx
10666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10675 \begin_layout Standard
10676 There are two types of fonts:
10679 \begin_layout Description
10681 \begin_inset space ~
10685 \begin_inset Index idx
10688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10694 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10695 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10699 characters) in the font.
10700 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10701 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10702 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10703 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10704 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10705 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10706 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10707 \begin_inset Newline newline
10710 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10711 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10712 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10713 sizes than at small ones.
10714 \begin_inset Newline newline
10728 \begin_inset space ~
10736 \begin_layout Description
10738 \begin_inset space ~
10742 \begin_inset Index idx
10745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10751 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10752 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10753 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10754 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10755 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10756 picture manipulation program.
10757 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10758 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10759 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10760 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10761 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10763 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10764 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10765 \begin_inset Newline newline
10768 Bitmap fonts are named
10771 \begin_inset space ~
10776 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10779 \begin_layout Standard
10780 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10781 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10782 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10783 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10784 use scalable fonts.
10787 \begin_layout Standard
10788 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10789 its document properties.
10792 \begin_layout Standard
10793 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10794 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10795 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10796 font to emphasize text, you use an
10797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10805 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10806 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10810 \begin_layout Subsection
10811 Document Font and Font size
10812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10814 name "sub:Document-Font"
10819 \begin_inset Index idx
10822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10829 \begin_inset Index idx
10832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10841 \begin_layout Standard
10842 You can set the document fonts in the
10844 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10848 \begin_inset Index idx
10851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10852 Document ! Settings
10858 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10859 font shapes roman (serif),
10862 \begin_inset space ~
10874 \begin_layout Standard
10875 The possible options for the font include
10879 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10884 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10906 European Computer Modern
10909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10919 \begin_layout Standard
10928 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10929 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10934 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10937 \begin_inset space ~
10942 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10948 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10949 There are three ways to use one:
10952 \begin_layout Itemize
10953 One way is to use the
10963 Virtual means that it
10964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10975 -glyphs from other fonts.
10976 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10998 Loading the LaTeX-package
11003 \begin_inset Index idx
11006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11007 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11012 with the document preamble line
11013 \begin_inset Newline newline
11020 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11021 \begin_inset Newline newline
11026 will fix the guillemet problem.
11031 and that accented characters are not
11035 glyph, they are build of
11039 characters, the accent and the letter.
11040 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11044 fonts for words with accented characters.
11045 If you search for example for the French word
11046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11053 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11062 and not for the glyph
11063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11067 \begin_inset space ~
11071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11077 \begin_layout Itemize
11078 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11091 , consist of these three main font types
11094 \begin_inset space ~
11123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11127 \begin_inset space ~
11134 as typewriter font.
11135 \begin_inset Newline newline
11138 The differences between roman,
11141 \begin_inset space ~
11150 fonts are explained in section
11151 \begin_inset space ~
11155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11157 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11162 \begin_inset Newline newline
11169 was originally designed for newspapers.
11170 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11171 into the small newspaper columns.
11176 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11179 \begin_layout Itemize
11180 The best solution is to use the
11189 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11193 as the default font.
11194 In most cases they look the same as
11202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11203 One difference is improved kerning for the
11216 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11227 \begin_layout Standard
11228 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11231 For the font size there are four possible values:
11248 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11251 \begin_layout Standard
11252 The font sizes are the
11257 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11258 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11259 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11262 \begin_inset space ~
11268 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11269 \begin_inset space ~
11273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11275 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11282 \begin_layout Standard
11287 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11288 a font to display the script characters.
11292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11293 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11298 So this has no effect for the document language
11314 \begin_layout Standard
11315 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11319 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11327 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11331 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11332 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11333 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11335 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11338 dialog, see section
11339 \begin_inset space ~
11343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11345 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11357 \begin_layout Subsection
11358 Using Different Character Styles
11359 \begin_inset Index idx
11362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11369 \begin_inset Index idx
11372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11381 \begin_layout Standard
11382 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11383 certain paragraph environments.
11384 LyX supports two character styles,
11393 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11397 \begin_layout Standard
11402 style, do one of the following:
11405 \begin_layout Itemize
11406 click on the toolbar button
11407 \begin_inset Graphics
11408 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11415 \begin_layout Itemize
11416 use the key binding
11425 \begin_layout Standard
11426 These commands are all toggles.
11431 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11434 \begin_layout Standard
11435 One typically uses the
11439 style for proper names.
11441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11448 is the original author of LyX.
11449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11455 \begin_layout Standard
11456 A more widely used character style is the
11461 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11468 \begin_layout Itemize
11469 clicking on the toolbar button
11470 \begin_inset Graphics
11471 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11478 \begin_layout Itemize
11479 using the keybindings
11488 \begin_layout Standard
11493 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11494 es use a different font.
11497 \begin_layout Standard
11498 We've been using the
11502 style all over the place in this document.
11503 Here's one more example:
11506 \begin_layout Quotation
11509 Don't overuse character styles!
11512 \begin_layout Standard
11513 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11514 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11515 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11516 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11520 \begin_layout Standard
11521 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11529 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11531 \begin_inset space ~
11539 \begin_layout Subsection
11540 Fine-Tuning with the
11545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11547 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11552 \begin_inset Index idx
11555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11564 \begin_layout Standard
11565 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11566 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11567 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11568 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11569 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11570 from ordinary dialog.
11573 \begin_layout Standard
11574 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11575 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11576 \begin_inset Newline newline
11579 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11580 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11583 \begin_layout Standard
11584 To use custom character styles, open the
11586 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11588 \begin_inset space ~
11594 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11595 font property which you can choose.
11596 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11599 \begin_inset space ~
11604 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11609 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11610 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11611 environments in a snap.
11614 \begin_layout Standard
11615 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11618 \begin_inset space ~
11630 \begin_layout Labeling
11631 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11645 The possible options are:
11649 \begin_layout Labeling
11650 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11655 This is the Roman font family.
11656 Normally a serif font.
11657 It's also the default family.
11667 \begin_layout Labeling
11668 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11672 \begin_inset space ~
11679 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11691 \begin_layout Labeling
11692 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11699 This is the Typewriter font family.
11705 arg "font-typewriter"
11714 \begin_layout Labeling
11715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11720 This corresponds to the print weight.
11725 \begin_layout Labeling
11726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11731 This is the Medium font series.
11732 It's also the default series.
11735 \begin_layout Labeling
11736 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11743 This is the Bold font series.
11756 \begin_layout Labeling
11757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11762 As the name implies.
11767 \begin_layout Labeling
11768 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11773 This is the Upright font shape.
11774 It's also the default shape.
11777 \begin_layout Labeling
11778 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11792 s the Italic font shape
11798 \begin_layout Labeling
11799 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11806 This is the Slanted font shape
11808 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11811 \begin_layout Labeling
11812 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11816 \begin_inset space ~
11823 This is the Small caps font shape
11830 \begin_layout Labeling
11831 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11836 Alters the size of the font.
11837 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11838 nal to the document font size.
11839 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11840 what you want to do.
11845 \begin_layout Labeling
11846 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11867 arg "font-size tiny"
11873 \begin_layout Labeling
11874 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11895 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11901 \begin_layout Labeling
11902 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11923 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11929 \begin_layout Labeling
11930 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11951 arg "font-size small"
11957 \begin_layout Labeling
11958 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11972 It's also the default size.
11976 arg "font-size normal"
11982 \begin_layout Labeling
11983 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12004 arg "font-size large"
12010 \begin_layout Labeling
12011 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12032 arg "font-size larger"
12038 \begin_layout Labeling
12039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12060 arg "font-size largest"
12066 \begin_layout Labeling
12067 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12088 arg "font-size huge"
12094 \begin_layout Labeling
12095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12116 arg "font-size giant"
12123 \begin_layout Standard
12128 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12129 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12130 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12131 — use that instead.
12132 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12135 \begin_layout Labeling
12136 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12141 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12146 \begin_layout Labeling
12147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12154 This is text with emphasize on
12157 This might seem like the same as
12161 , but it is actually a bit different.
12167 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12169 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12172 \begin_layout Labeling
12173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12180 This is text with Underbar on.
12186 arg "font-underline"
12192 \begin_inset Newline newline
12197 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12198 when you couldn't change fonts.
12199 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12200 It's only included in LyX because some people
12204 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12207 \begin_layout Labeling
12208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12215 This is text with Noun on.
12222 , this is a logical attribute.
12223 Normally it's equivalent to
12226 \begin_inset space ~
12235 \begin_layout Labeling
12236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12241 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12242 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12246 \begin_inset space ~
12251 , which is the default
12252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12259 and means normally black, you can choose between
12292 \begin_inset Index idx
12295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12304 \begin_layout Labeling
12305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12310 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12311 the language of the document.
12312 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12316 \begin_layout Standard
12317 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12318 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12320 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12322 \begin_inset space ~
12327 dialog, the settings are saved.
12328 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12329 \begin_inset Graphics
12330 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12335 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12336 when the dialog isn't visible.
12340 \begin_layout Standard
12341 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12348 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12349 (suppose you just set the shape to
12350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12368 \begin_inset space ~
12380 \begin_layout Standard
12381 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12389 \begin_inset space ~
12401 \begin_layout Itemize
12407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12414 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12432 \begin_inset Newline newline
12439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12464 \begin_inset Note Note
12467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12468 For more on phantoms see section
12469 \begin_inset space ~
12473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12475 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12485 \begin_inset Newline newline
12491 \begin_layout Itemize
12496 fonts use characters with serifs.
12497 These are the small
12498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12505 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12506 The following example will show the difference:
12507 \begin_inset Newline newline
12511 \begin_inset Newline newline
12516 text without serifs
12519 \begin_inset Newline newline
12522 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12523 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12530 \begin_layout Itemize
12536 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12537 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12540 \begin_layout Standard
12541 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12542 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12545 \begin_layout Section
12546 Printing and Previewing
12549 \begin_layout Subsection
12553 \begin_layout Standard
12554 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12555 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12556 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12557 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12558 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12560 Additional Features
12565 \begin_layout Standard
12566 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12567 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12568 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12569 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12570 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12571 This happens in two stages:
12574 \begin_layout Enumerate
12575 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12576 generating a file with the extension,
12577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12591 \begin_layout Enumerate
12592 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12596 file to produce printable output.
12600 \begin_layout Subsection
12601 Output file formats
12602 \begin_inset Index idx
12605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12614 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12621 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12623 \begin_inset Index idx
12626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12627 File formats ! ASCII
12635 \begin_layout Standard
12636 This file type has the extension
12637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12649 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12653 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12660 \begin_layout Standard
12661 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12663 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12664 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12670 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12672 \begin_inset Index idx
12675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12676 File formats ! LaTeX
12684 \begin_layout Standard
12685 This file type has the extension
12686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12697 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12699 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12700 it manually with console commands.
12701 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12702 you view or export your document.
12705 \begin_layout Standard
12706 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12708 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12709 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12726 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12728 \begin_inset Index idx
12731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12740 \begin_layout Standard
12741 This file type has the extension
12742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12762 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12763 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12764 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12768 \begin_layout Standard
12769 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12770 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12771 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12772 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12774 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12777 \begin_layout Standard
12778 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12780 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12781 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12789 \begin_inset Index idx
12792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12793 File formats ! PostScript
12801 \begin_layout Standard
12802 This file type has the extension
12803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12815 PostScript was developed by the company
12819 as a printer language.
12820 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12822 PostScript can be seen as a
12823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12826 programming language
12827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12830 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12835 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12841 \begin_inset Index idx
12844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12845 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12855 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12858 \begin_layout Standard
12859 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12863 Encapsulated PostScript
12864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12867 (EPS, file extension
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12880 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12881 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12883 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12886 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12890 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12891 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12892 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12893 EPS to avoid this problem.
12896 \begin_layout Standard
12897 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12899 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12900 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12906 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12908 \begin_inset Index idx
12911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12918 \begin_inset Index idx
12921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12930 \begin_layout Standard
12931 This file type has the extension
12932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12948 Portable Document Format
12949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12956 was derived from PostScript.
12957 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12966 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12967 looks exactly the same.
12970 \begin_layout Standard
12971 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12975 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12979 (JPG, file extension
12980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13007 Portable Network Graphics
13008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13011 (PNG, file extension
13012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13024 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13025 in the background to one of these formats.
13026 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13027 will slow down your workflow.
13028 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13031 \begin_layout Standard
13032 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13034 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13037 in three different ways:
13040 \begin_layout Description
13041 PDF This uses the program
13045 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13046 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13050 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13051 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13054 \begin_layout Description
13056 \begin_inset space ~
13059 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13063 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13067 \begin_layout Description
13069 \begin_inset space ~
13072 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13076 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13079 \begin_layout Standard
13080 We recommend to use
13083 \begin_inset space ~
13092 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13093 works without problems.
13098 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13101 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13103 \begin_inset Index idx
13106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13113 \begin_inset Index idx
13116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13125 \begin_layout Standard
13126 This file type has the extension
13127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13139 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13140 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13141 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13142 suitable for the purpose.
13143 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13144 it, but not all do.
13147 \begin_layout Standard
13148 XHTML output remains
13149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13156 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13161 LyX and the World Wide Web
13162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13167 Additional Features
13169 manual, for more information.
13172 \begin_layout Standard
13173 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13175 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13176 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13182 \begin_layout Subsection
13184 \begin_inset Index idx
13187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13196 \begin_layout Standard
13197 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13198 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13202 and choose a file type.
13203 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13206 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13209 you can use the toolbar button
13210 \begin_inset Graphics
13211 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13218 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13223 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13225 \begin_inset space ~
13231 \begin_inset Graphics
13232 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13238 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13242 \begin_inset Graphics
13243 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13250 arg "buffer-view ps"
13256 \begin_layout Standard
13257 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13258 viewer window using the menu
13260 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13266 \begin_layout Standard
13267 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13269 To have a real output, export your document.
13272 \begin_layout Subsection
13273 Printing the File from within LyX
13274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13276 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13283 \begin_layout Standard
13284 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13285 it directly from within LyX.
13286 To print a file, select the menu
13288 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13291 or click on the toolbar button
13292 \begin_inset Graphics
13293 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13298 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13299 This file is then processed by the program
13303 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13308 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13311 \begin_layout Standard
13312 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13313 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13314 printing one set to print on the other side.
13315 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13316 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13317 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13320 \begin_layout Standard
13321 You can set the parameters in the
13324 \begin_inset space ~
13332 \begin_layout Labeling
13333 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13338 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13343 Note that this printer name is for the program
13352 has to be configured for this printer name.
13353 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13354 \begin_inset space ~
13358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13360 reference "sub:Printer"
13369 The printer should understand PostScript.
13372 \begin_layout Labeling
13373 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13378 The name of a file to print to.
13379 The output will be a PostScript file.
13380 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13384 \begin_layout Section
13385 A few Words about Typography
13386 \begin_inset Index idx
13389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13398 \begin_layout Subsection
13400 \begin_inset Index idx
13403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13412 \begin_layout Standard
13414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13425 character comes in four lengths: the
13437 , and the minus sign:
13438 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13444 \begin_layout Standard
13445 \begin_inset Tabular
13446 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13447 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13448 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13449 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13450 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13451 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13480 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13520 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13547 \begin_inset space ~
13550 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13557 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13584 \begin_inset space ~
13587 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13608 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13642 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13648 \begin_layout Standard
13649 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13661 character multiple times in a row.
13662 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13663 the final output, but not in LyX.
13665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13681 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13685 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13695 \begin_layout Standard
13696 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13697 math mode and has a length of its own.
13698 Here are some examples of the
13699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13713 \begin_layout Enumerate
13714 line- and page-breaks
13715 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13725 \begin_layout Enumerate
13727 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13737 \begin_layout Enumerate
13738 Oh — there's a dash.
13739 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13749 \begin_layout Enumerate
13750 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13754 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13764 \begin_layout Subsection
13766 \begin_inset Index idx
13769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13778 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13785 \begin_layout Standard
13786 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13787 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13792 \begin_inset Index idx
13795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13796 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13801 following the rules of the document language
13805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13806 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13814 \begin_inset space ~
13818 \begin_inset space ~
13825 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13836 \begin_layout Standard
13837 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13842 font and with unusual constructs, like
13843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13851 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13852 This is done with the menu
13854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13855 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13857 \begin_inset space ~
13863 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13864 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13867 \begin_layout Standard
13868 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13869 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13879 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13887 as hyphenation possibility.
13888 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13889 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13890 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13896 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13897 As LyX doesn't support
13903 , you have to use TeX Code.
13904 The result looks in LyX like:
13907 \begin_layout Standard
13908 \begin_inset Graphics
13909 filename clipart/mbox.png
13916 \begin_layout Standard
13917 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13918 \begin_inset space ~
13922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13924 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13931 \begin_layout Subsection
13933 \begin_inset Index idx
13936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13945 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13946 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13949 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13956 \begin_layout Standard
13957 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13958 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13959 LaTeX then adds the
13960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13963 appropriate amount of space
13964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13968 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13970 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13973 \begin_layout Standard
13974 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13975 not work in all cases.
13977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13988 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13989 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13992 \begin_layout Standard
13993 Here are some examples of
13997 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14000 \begin_layout Itemize
14005 \begin_layout Itemize
14010 \begin_layout Standard
14011 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14014 \begin_layout Itemize
14016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14020 this is too much space!
14023 \begin_layout Itemize
14028 \begin_layout Standard
14029 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14032 \begin_layout Standard
14033 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14036 \begin_layout Enumerate
14040 \begin_inset space ~
14045 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14046 \begin_inset space ~
14050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14052 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14057 \begin_inset Index idx
14060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14061 Spaces ! inter-word
14069 \begin_layout Enumerate
14073 \begin_inset space ~
14078 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14079 \begin_inset space ~
14083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14085 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14090 \begin_inset Index idx
14093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14102 \begin_layout Enumerate
14106 \begin_inset space ~
14110 \begin_inset space ~
14114 \begin_inset space ~
14121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14123 \begin_inset space ~
14128 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14129 This function is also bound to
14132 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14138 \begin_layout Standard
14139 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14142 \begin_layout Itemize
14144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14148 \begin_inset space \space{}
14151 this is too much space!
14154 \begin_layout Itemize
14155 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14159 \begin_layout Standard
14160 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14161 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14162 will take care of this.
14165 \begin_layout Standard
14166 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14170 \begin_inset space ~
14175 feature described in section
14181 Additional Features
14186 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14188 \begin_inset Index idx
14191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14192 Typography ! Quotes
14198 \begin_inset Index idx
14201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14232 \begin_layout Standard
14233 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14234 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14235 and use a closing quote at the end.
14237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14245 The keyboard character,
14249 , generates this automatically.
14252 \begin_layout Standard
14253 You can change the behavior of the
14257 key using the submenu
14263 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14267 \begin_inset Index idx
14270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14271 Document ! Settings
14279 \begin_layout Standard
14280 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14285 There are six choices:
14288 \begin_layout Labeling
14289 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14301 Use quotes like this
14302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14310 \begin_inset Quotes els
14314 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14320 \begin_layout Labeling
14321 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14324 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14328 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14334 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14338 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14342 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14348 \begin_layout Labeling
14349 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14352 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14356 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14362 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14366 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14370 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14374 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14380 \begin_layout Labeling
14381 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14384 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14388 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14394 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14398 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14402 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14406 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14412 \begin_layout Labeling
14413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14416 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14420 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14426 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14430 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14434 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14438 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14444 \begin_layout Labeling
14445 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14448 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14452 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14458 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14462 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14466 \begin_inset Quotes als
14470 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14476 \begin_layout Standard
14477 These settings affect what character the
14484 \begin_layout Subsection
14486 \begin_inset Index idx
14489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14490 Typography ! Ligatures
14496 \begin_inset Index idx
14499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14530 name "sub:Ligatures"
14537 \begin_layout Standard
14538 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14539 print them as single characters.
14540 These groups are known as
14545 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14547 Here are the standard ligatures:
14550 \begin_layout Itemize
14554 \begin_layout Itemize
14558 \begin_layout Itemize
14562 \begin_layout Itemize
14566 \begin_layout Itemize
14570 \begin_layout Standard
14571 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14574 \begin_layout Standard
14575 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14576 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14600 To break a ligature, use
14602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14603 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14605 \begin_inset space ~
14612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14623 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14640 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14648 \begin_layout Subsection
14650 \begin_inset Index idx
14653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14662 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14669 \begin_layout Standard
14670 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14671 characters in different sizes and heights.
14672 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14673 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14693 \begin_inset Note Note
14696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14697 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14705 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14706 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14711 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14715 \begin_layout Description
14716 LyX The name of the game, write
14717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14738 \begin_layout Description
14739 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14761 \begin_layout Description
14762 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14784 \begin_layout Description
14785 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14807 \begin_layout Standard
14808 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14813 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14821 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14822 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14823 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14826 : The actual version is
14827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14834 , the previous one was
14835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14845 \begin_layout Standard
14846 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14851 \begin_inset space \space{}
14854 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14856 This will look in LyX like:
14857 \begin_inset Graphics
14858 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14864 \begin_inset Newline newline
14867 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14868 \begin_inset space ~
14872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14874 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14881 \begin_layout Subsection
14883 \begin_inset Index idx
14886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14895 \begin_layout Standard
14896 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14897 space between two words.
14898 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14908 for units use the menu
14910 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14911 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14913 \begin_inset space ~
14921 arg "space-insert thin"
14927 \begin_layout Standard
14928 Here's an example to show the differences:
14931 \begin_layout Standard
14932 \begin_inset Tabular
14933 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14934 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14935 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14936 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14943 \begin_inset space ~
14947 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14959 space between number and unit
14966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14971 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14975 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14987 half space between number and unit
15000 \begin_layout Subsection
15002 \begin_inset Index idx
15005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15006 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15014 \begin_layout Standard
15015 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15017 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15018 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15019 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15020 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15021 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15022 These bits of text became known as
15033 \begin_layout Standard
15034 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15035 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15036 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15037 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15038 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15039 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15040 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15043 \begin_layout Standard
15044 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15045 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15046 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15047 \begin_inset space ~
15051 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15053 key "latexcompanion"
15058 \begin_inset space ~
15062 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15068 ] may have more information.
15069 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15072 \begin_layout Chapter
15073 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15076 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15083 \begin_layout Standard
15084 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15089 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15092 \begin_layout Section
15094 \begin_inset Index idx
15097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15113 \begin_layout Standard
15114 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15117 \begin_layout Description
15119 \begin_inset space ~
15122 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15123 \begin_inset Newline newline
15127 \begin_inset Note Note
15130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15131 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15139 \begin_layout Description
15140 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15141 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15143 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15144 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15145 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15148 \begin_inset Newline newline
15152 \begin_inset Note Comment
15155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15156 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15164 \begin_layout Description
15166 \begin_inset space ~
15169 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15170 \begin_inset Newline newline
15174 \begin_inset Newline newline
15178 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15187 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15188 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15189 How this can be done is explained in the
15198 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15204 \begin_inset Newline newline
15208 \begin_inset Newline newline
15211 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15212 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15215 \begin_layout Standard
15216 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15217 \begin_inset Graphics
15218 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15220 scaleBeforeRotation
15226 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15230 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15233 \begin_layout Section
15235 \begin_inset Index idx
15238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15247 name "sec:Footnotes"
15254 \begin_layout Standard
15255 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15258 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15261 or the toolbar button
15262 \begin_inset Graphics
15263 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15276 \begin_inset Graphics
15277 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15286 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15315 label, the box will
15319 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15320 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15333 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15349 \begin_layout Standard
15350 Here's an example footnote:
15358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15359 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15367 \begin_layout Standard
15368 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15369 position where the footnote box is placed.
15370 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15371 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15372 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15373 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15374 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15379 ey are described in the
15386 \begin_layout Section
15388 \begin_inset Index idx
15391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15400 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15407 \begin_layout Standard
15408 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15409 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15413 \begin_inset space ~
15418 or the toolbar button
15419 \begin_inset Graphics
15420 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15447 appearing within your text.
15448 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15457 \begin_layout Standard
15458 At the side is an example marginal note.
15462 \begin_inset Marginal
15465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15466 This is a marginal note.
15474 \begin_layout Standard
15475 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15476 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15477 pages, right on odd pages.
15480 \begin_layout Section
15481 Graphics and Images
15482 \begin_inset Index idx
15485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15492 \begin_inset Index idx
15495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15504 name "sec:Graphics"
15511 \begin_layout Standard
15512 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15513 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15514 \begin_inset Graphics
15515 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15525 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15528 \begin_layout Standard
15529 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15534 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15535 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15537 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15538 \begin_inset space ~
15542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15544 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15551 \begin_layout Standard
15556 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15557 of the image in the output.
15558 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15562 \begin_inset space ~
15566 \begin_inset space ~
15575 \begin_inset space ~
15579 \begin_inset space ~
15583 \begin_inset space ~
15588 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15589 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15597 \begin_layout Standard
15600 LaTeX and LyX options
15602 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15603 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15607 \begin_inset space ~
15612 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15613 with the image size is printed.
15617 \begin_inset space ~
15621 \begin_inset space ~
15625 \begin_inset space ~
15630 is explained in the
15641 \begin_layout Standard
15642 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15643 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15645 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15649 \begin_layout Standard
15651 \begin_inset Graphics
15652 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15654 rotateOrigin center
15661 \begin_layout Standard
15662 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15663 the image into a float, see section
15664 \begin_inset space ~
15668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15670 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15677 \begin_layout Subsection
15679 \begin_inset Index idx
15682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15689 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15691 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15698 \begin_layout Standard
15699 You can insert images in any known file format.
15700 But as we explained in section
15701 \begin_inset space ~
15705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15707 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15711 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15712 LyX uses therefore the program
15716 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15717 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15718 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15719 \begin_inset space ~
15723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15725 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15732 \begin_layout Standard
15733 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15736 \begin_layout Description
15738 \begin_inset space ~
15741 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15742 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15743 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15747 Graphics Interchange Format
15748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15751 (GIF, file extension
15752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15764 \begin_inset Index idx
15767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15799 Portable Network Graphics
15800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15803 (PNG, file extension
15804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15816 \begin_inset Index idx
15819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15851 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15855 (JPG, file extension
15856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15880 \begin_inset Index idx
15883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15914 \begin_layout Description
15916 \begin_inset space ~
15919 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15921 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15922 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15923 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15924 \begin_inset Newline newline
15927 Scalable image formats can be
15928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15931 Scalable Vector Graphics
15932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15935 (SVG, file extension
15936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15948 \begin_inset Index idx
15951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15983 Encapsulated PostScript
15984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15987 (EPS, file extension
15988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16000 \begin_inset Index idx
16003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16035 Portable Document Format
16036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16039 (PDF, file extension
16040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16052 \begin_inset Index idx
16055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16062 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16063 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16064 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16070 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16078 \begin_layout Standard
16079 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16083 \begin_layout Subsection
16084 Grouping of Image Settings
16085 \begin_inset Index idx
16088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16089 Images ! Settings grouping
16097 \begin_layout Standard
16098 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16100 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16101 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16103 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16104 need to manually change each of them.
16108 \begin_layout Standard
16109 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16112 \begin_inset space ~
16117 field in the Graphics dialog.
16118 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16119 by checking the name of the desired group.
16122 \begin_layout Section
16124 \begin_inset Index idx
16127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16143 \begin_layout Standard
16144 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16145 \begin_inset Graphics
16146 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16153 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16157 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16158 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16159 from the rest of the table.
16160 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16161 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16163 Here's an example table:
16166 \begin_layout Standard
16168 \begin_inset Tabular
16169 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16170 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16171 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16172 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16173 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16174 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16374 \begin_layout Subsection
16378 \begin_layout Standard
16379 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16380 brings up the table dialog.
16381 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16382 where the cursor is placed currently.
16383 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16384 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16385 done on all of your selection.
16388 \begin_layout Standard
16389 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16392 \begin_inset space ~
16397 helps you in setting table properties.
16398 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16401 \begin_layout Standard
16405 \begin_inset space ~
16410 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16411 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16412 current cell respectively.
16413 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16415 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16416 of text, see section
16417 \begin_inset space ~
16421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16423 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16430 \begin_layout Standard
16431 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16437 This will merge the cells to
16441 cell, spread over more than one column.
16442 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16443 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16444 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16445 in the last row without the upper border:
16448 \begin_layout Standard
16450 \begin_inset Tabular
16451 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16452 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16454 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16467 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16476 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16552 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16587 \begin_layout Standard
16588 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16589 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16590 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16591 explained in the tables section of the
16594 \begin_inset space ~
16600 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16604 degrees counterclockwise.
16605 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16608 \begin_layout Standard
16609 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16617 Most DVI-viewers are
16621 able to display rotations.
16629 \begin_layout Standard
16634 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16639 adds lines for all cell borders.
16642 \begin_layout Subsection
16644 \begin_inset Index idx
16647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16648 Tables ! Longtables
16654 \begin_inset Index idx
16657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16666 \begin_layout Standard
16667 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16670 \begin_inset space ~
16674 \begin_inset space ~
16683 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16684 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16687 \begin_layout Description
16692 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16693 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16694 except for the first page, if
16697 \begin_inset space ~
16705 \begin_layout Description
16709 \begin_inset space ~
16714 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16715 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16718 \begin_layout Description
16723 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16724 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16725 except for the last page, if
16728 \begin_inset space ~
16736 \begin_layout Description
16740 \begin_inset space ~
16745 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16746 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16749 \begin_layout Description
16750 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16751 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16757 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16760 \begin_inset space ~
16768 \begin_layout Standard
16769 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16770 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16771 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16772 The others will then be defined as
16777 In this context, first means first in this order:
16780 \begin_inset space ~
16792 \begin_inset space ~
16798 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16801 \begin_layout Standard
16803 \begin_inset Tabular
16804 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16805 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16806 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16807 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16808 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16809 <row endfirsthead="true">
16810 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16816 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16821 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16830 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16840 <row endfirsthead="true">
16841 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16852 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16861 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 <row endhead="true">
16874 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16904 <row endhead="true">
16905 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 <row endfoot="true">
16938 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16949 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17930 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17939 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17959 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17990 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18021 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18424 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18455 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18486 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18517 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18548 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18579 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18610 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18641 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18672 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18703 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18734 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18765 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18796 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18827 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18858 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18889 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <row endlastfoot="true">
18920 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18931 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18940 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18957 \begin_layout Subsection
18959 \begin_inset Index idx
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18971 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18978 \begin_layout Standard
18979 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18980 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18981 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18982 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18986 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18987 for the cell's paragraph.
18990 \begin_layout Standard
18991 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18992 for the column in the table dialog.
18993 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18994 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18998 \begin_layout Standard
19000 \begin_inset Tabular
19001 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19002 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19004 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19025 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19094 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19150 This is longer now.
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19206 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19207 This is longer now.
19212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 \begin_layout Standard
19239 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19240 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19246 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19252 Selection with the mouse or with
19256 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19257 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19258 the selection from outside the table.
19261 \begin_layout Section
19263 \begin_inset Index idx
19266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19282 \begin_layout Standard
19283 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19284 have a fixed location.
19286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19293 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19301 \begin_inset space ~
19306 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19307 too many notes on the page.
19310 \begin_layout Standard
19311 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19312 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19313 and pages without text.
19314 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19315 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19316 Floats are therefore numbered.
19317 Referencing is described in section
19318 \begin_inset space ~
19322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19324 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19331 \begin_layout Standard
19332 To insert a float, use the menu
19334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19338 A box with a caption that has e.
19339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19343 \begin_inset space \space{}
19347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19351 \begin_inset space ~
19355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19358 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19359 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19361 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19362 \begin_inset Index idx
19365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19371 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19372 paragraph within the float.
19373 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19374 by left-clicking on the box label.
19375 A closed float box looks like this:
19376 \begin_inset Graphics
19377 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19382 – a gray button with a red label.
19385 \begin_layout Standard
19386 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19387 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19390 \begin_layout Subsection
19394 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19396 \begin_inset Index idx
19399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 Floats ! Figure floats
19406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19408 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19415 \begin_layout Standard
19418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19419 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19422 inserts a float with the label
19423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19429 \begin_inset space ~
19435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19439 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19440 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19441 This is what we did for Figure
19442 \begin_inset space ~
19446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19448 reference "cap:Platypus"
19453 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19454 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19455 This was done in Figure
19456 \begin_inset space ~
19460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19462 reference "cap:Escher"
19469 \begin_layout Standard
19470 \begin_inset Float figure
19475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19477 \begin_inset Graphics
19478 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19480 rotateOrigin center
19487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19488 \begin_inset Caption
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19493 name "cap:Platypus"
19497 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19510 \begin_layout Standard
19511 \begin_inset Float figure
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 \begin_inset Caption
19519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19520 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 \begin_inset Graphics
19538 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19540 rotateOrigin center
19552 \begin_layout Standard
19553 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19555 As described in section
19556 \begin_inset space ~
19560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19562 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19566 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19568 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19571 and refer to it using the menu
19573 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19577 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19586 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19598 \begin_layout Standard
19599 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19600 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19601 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19602 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19604 \begin_inset space ~
19608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19610 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19614 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19615 You can also set the images one below the other.
19617 \begin_inset space ~
19621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19623 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19630 reference "fig:Platypus"
19634 are the subfigures.
19637 \begin_layout Standard
19638 \begin_inset Float figure
19643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19648 \begin_inset Float figure
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19654 \begin_inset Caption
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19659 name "fig:Undefinable"
19671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19672 \begin_inset Graphics
19673 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19684 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19688 \begin_inset Float figure
19693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19694 \begin_inset Caption
19696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19699 name "fig:Platypus"
19711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19712 \begin_inset Graphics
19713 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19725 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19732 \begin_inset Caption
19734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19737 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19741 Two distorted images.
19754 \begin_layout Standard
19755 Note that the caption is added to the
19758 \begin_inset space ~
19762 \begin_inset space ~
19767 as described in section
19768 \begin_inset space ~
19772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19774 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19781 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19783 \begin_inset Index idx
19786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19787 Floats ! Table floats
19795 \begin_layout Standard
19796 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19798 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19799 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19803 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19806 \begin_inset space ~
19810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19812 reference "cap:Table-float"
19816 is an example of a table float.
19819 \begin_layout Standard
19820 \begin_inset Float table
19825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 \begin_inset Caption
19828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19831 name "cap:Table-float"
19843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 \begin_inset Tabular
19846 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19847 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19977 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19998 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20001 \end{array}\right]$
20009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20022 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20045 \begin_inset Index idx
20048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20049 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20057 \begin_layout Standard
20058 This float type is inserted with the menu
20060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20061 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20065 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20066 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20070 , described in section
20071 \begin_inset space ~
20075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20077 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20084 \begin_layout Standard
20085 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20093 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20099 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20102 \begin_layout Standard
20107 floatname{algorithm}{your
20108 \begin_inset space ~
20114 \begin_layout Standard
20115 to the document preamble (menu
20117 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20124 \begin_inset space ~
20130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20144 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20146 \begin_inset Index idx
20149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20150 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20158 \begin_layout Standard
20159 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 \begin_inset Graphics
20168 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20170 rotateOrigin center
20177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20178 \begin_inset Caption
20180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20183 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20187 This is a wrapped figure.
20188 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20201 This float type is used if you want to
20202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20209 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20211 It can be inserted using the menu
20213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20214 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20216 \begin_inset space ~
20221 if the LaTeX-package
20226 \begin_inset Index idx
20229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20230 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20240 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20243 \begin_inset space ~
20253 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20256 \begin_inset space ~
20260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20262 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20266 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20275 Available units are explained in Appendix
20276 \begin_inset space ~
20280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20282 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20291 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20295 \begin_layout Standard
20296 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20304 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20309 \begin_inset space \space{}
20312 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20313 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20322 \begin_layout Itemize
20323 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20324 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20325 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20326 page breaks will appear.
20329 \begin_layout Itemize
20330 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20331 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20334 \begin_layout Itemize
20335 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20336 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20339 \begin_layout Itemize
20340 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20343 \begin_layout Subsection
20345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20347 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20352 \begin_inset Index idx
20355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 \begin_layout Standard
20365 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20366 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20370 \begin_inset space ~
20378 \begin_layout Standard
20379 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20380 have a multi-column document).
20381 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20384 \begin_inset space ~
20390 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20391 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20398 \begin_layout Standard
20399 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20400 format is also the same: Table
20401 \begin_inset space ~
20405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20407 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20411 is an example of a rotated table float.
20414 \begin_layout Standard
20415 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20423 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20431 \begin_layout Standard
20432 \begin_inset Float table
20437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20438 \begin_inset Caption
20440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20443 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20457 \begin_inset Tabular
20458 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20459 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20460 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20461 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20462 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20463 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20464 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20524 \begin_layout Subsection
20526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20528 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20533 \begin_inset Index idx
20536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20545 \begin_layout Standard
20546 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20547 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20548 \begin_inset Newline newline
20554 \begin_inset space ~
20559 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20560 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20561 \begin_inset Newline newline
20567 \begin_inset space ~
20572 is used to rotate floats, see section
20573 \begin_inset space ~
20577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20579 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20586 \begin_layout Standard
20587 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20588 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20591 \begin_inset space ~
20595 \begin_inset space ~
20603 \begin_layout Description
20605 \begin_inset space ~
20609 \begin_inset space ~
20612 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20615 \begin_layout Description
20617 \begin_inset space ~
20621 \begin_inset space ~
20624 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20627 \begin_layout Description
20629 \begin_inset space ~
20633 \begin_inset space ~
20636 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20639 \begin_layout Description
20641 \begin_inset space ~
20645 \begin_inset space ~
20648 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20651 \begin_layout Standard
20652 The order of the above option is
20657 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20661 \begin_inset space ~
20665 \begin_inset space ~
20673 \begin_inset space ~
20677 \begin_inset space ~
20682 , and then the others.
20683 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20685 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20686 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20689 \begin_layout Standard
20690 By default, each option has its own rules:
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20697 \begin_inset space ~
20701 \begin_inset space ~
20706 only floats occupying less than 70
20707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20710 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20713 \begin_layout Standard
20717 \begin_inset space ~
20721 \begin_inset space ~
20726 : only floats occupying less than 30
20727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20730 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20733 \begin_layout Standard
20737 \begin_inset space ~
20741 \begin_inset space ~
20746 : only if more than 50
20747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20750 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20754 \begin_layout Standard
20755 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20759 \begin_inset space ~
20763 \begin_inset space ~
20771 \begin_layout Standard
20772 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20773 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20774 For this case you can use the option
20777 \begin_inset space ~
20783 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20785 Because the float is then no longer able to
20786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20793 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20796 \begin_layout Standard
20797 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20798 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20801 \begin_layout Standard
20802 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20804 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20806 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20813 \begin_layout Section
20815 \begin_inset Index idx
20818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20827 name "sec:Minipages"
20834 \begin_layout Standard
20835 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20837 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20838 \begin_inset space ~
20845 \begin_layout Standard
20846 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20848 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20852 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20853 and its alignment within the page.
20856 \begin_layout Standard
20858 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20867 height_special "totalheight"
20870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20873 This is a minipage.
20874 The text is set in an italic style.
20877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20880 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20881 another formatting.
20889 \begin_layout Standard
20890 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20893 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20897 as described in section
20898 \begin_inset space ~
20902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20904 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20909 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20915 \begin_layout Standard
20916 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20925 height_special "totalheight"
20928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20929 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20930 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20936 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20940 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20949 height_special "totalheight"
20952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20953 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20954 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20962 \begin_layout Standard
20963 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20969 \begin_layout Standard
20970 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20971 to other box types.
20972 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20983 \begin_layout Chapter
20984 Mathematical Formulas
20985 \begin_inset Index idx
20988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20995 \begin_inset Index idx
20998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21029 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21036 \begin_layout Standard
21037 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21042 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21045 \begin_layout Section
21047 \begin_inset Index idx
21050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21059 \begin_layout Standard
21060 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21061 \begin_inset Graphics
21062 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21067 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21069 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21070 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21071 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21079 \begin_layout Standard
21080 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21084 \begin_inset space ~
21089 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21092 \begin_layout Standard
21093 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21094 line, like this one:
21097 \begin_layout Standard
21098 This is a line with an inline formula
21099 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21105 \begin_layout Standard
21106 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21107 paragraph, like this one:
21108 \begin_inset Formula \[
21113 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21116 \begin_layout Standard
21117 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21123 \begin_inset space \space{}
21127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21140 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21141 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21145 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21148 \begin_inset space ~
21156 \begin_layout Subsection
21157 Navigating in Formulas
21158 \begin_inset Index idx
21161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21170 \begin_layout Standard
21171 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21172 achieved with the arrow keys.
21173 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21174 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21179 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21180 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21184 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21188 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21191 \end{array}\right]$
21199 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21204 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21205 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21208 \begin_layout Standard
21213 , printed in this document as
21214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21235 \begin_inset Note Note
21238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21239 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21240 space character (visible space).
21245 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21246 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21247 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21252 For example, if you want
21253 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21307 , since in the latter case only the
21310 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21315 will be under the square root sign:
21316 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21322 \begin_layout Standard
21323 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21325 \begin_inset Formula \[
21326 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21330 \end{array}\right)\]
21334 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21335 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21338 \begin_layout Subsection
21342 \begin_layout Standard
21343 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21344 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21348 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21349 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21350 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21351 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21352 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21355 \begin_layout Subsection
21356 Exponents and Subscripts
21357 \begin_inset Index idx
21360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21367 \begin_inset Index idx
21370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21379 \begin_layout Standard
21380 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21381 way is to use a command.
21383 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21386 , type in a formula
21392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21408 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21414 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21418 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21439 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21448 , you have to use an extra
21452 to separate the hat and the character.
21454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21458 \begin_inset space \space{}
21462 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21483 Subscripts are similar: To get
21484 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21507 \begin_layout Subsection
21509 \begin_inset Index idx
21512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21521 \begin_layout Standard
21522 Create a fraction with either the command
21529 \begin_inset Graphics
21530 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21538 \begin_inset space ~
21544 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21545 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21546 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21551 To move back up, press
21556 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21557 \begin_inset Formula \[
21558 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21561 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21568 \begin_layout Subsection
21570 \begin_inset Index idx
21573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21582 \begin_layout Standard
21583 Roots can be created using the
21586 \begin_inset space ~
21592 \begin_inset Graphics
21593 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21616 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21622 produces always a square root.
21625 \begin_layout Subsection
21626 Operators with Limits
21627 \begin_inset Index idx
21630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21637 \begin_inset Index idx
21640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21649 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21656 \begin_layout Standard
21658 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21662 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21665 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21666 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21667 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21668 The sum operator will automatically place its
21669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21676 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21679 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21683 \begin_inset Formula \[
21684 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21688 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21692 \begin_layout Standard
21693 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21695 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21696 behind the operator and hitting
21704 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21705 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21707 \begin_inset space ~
21711 \begin_inset space ~
21719 \begin_layout Standard
21720 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21728 feature as addition, such as
21729 \begin_inset Index idx
21732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21739 \begin_inset Formula \[
21740 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21744 which will place the
21745 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21757 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21758 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21764 \begin_layout Standard
21765 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21772 Have a look at section
21773 \begin_inset space ~
21777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21779 reference "sub:Functions"
21783 for an explanation of function macros.
21786 \begin_layout Subsection
21788 \begin_inset Index idx
21791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21800 \begin_layout Standard
21801 Most math symbols can be found in the
21804 \begin_inset space ~
21809 under one of several categories; including
21826 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21831 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21832 you don't have to use the
21835 \begin_inset space ~
21840 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21841 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21844 \begin_layout Subsection
21846 \begin_inset Index idx
21849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21858 \begin_layout Standard
21859 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21864 arg "space-insert protected"
21870 \begin_inset space ~
21876 \begin_inset Graphics
21877 filename ../images/math/space.png
21882 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21883 For example, the sequence
21888 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21892 \begin_inset Graphics
21893 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21898 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21899 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21900 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21901 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21903 Here are two examples:
21906 \begin_layout Standard
21916 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21922 \begin_layout Standard
21932 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21938 \begin_layout Subsection
21940 \begin_inset Index idx
21943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21952 name "sub:Functions"
21959 \begin_layout Standard
21963 \begin_inset space ~
21968 contains under the button
21969 \begin_inset Graphics
21970 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21974 a number of function macros, such as
21975 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21979 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21987 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21994 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21995 avoid confusions, because
21996 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22000 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22006 \begin_layout Standard
22007 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22009 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22013 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22019 \begin_layout Standard
22020 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22021 s are placed, as described in section
22022 \begin_inset space ~
22026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22028 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22035 \begin_layout Subsection
22037 \begin_inset Index idx
22040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22049 \begin_layout Standard
22050 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22052 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22053 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22054 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22058 \begin_inset space \space{}
22062 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22065 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22066 Our example is entered by typing
22074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22087 \begin_inset space ~
22091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22093 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22097 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22100 \begin_layout Standard
22101 \begin_inset Float table
22106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22107 \begin_inset Caption
22109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22112 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22116 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22126 \begin_inset Tabular
22127 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22128 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22129 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22215 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22269 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22323 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22377 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22431 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22485 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22539 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22593 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22647 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22692 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22713 \begin_layout Standard
22714 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22717 \begin_inset space ~
22723 \begin_inset Graphics
22724 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22728 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22732 \begin_layout Section
22733 Brackets and Delimiters
22734 \begin_inset Index idx
22737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22744 \begin_inset Index idx
22747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22756 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22763 \begin_layout Standard
22764 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22765 For most purposes, using just the keys
22770 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22771 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22772 toolbar delimiter icon
22773 \begin_inset Graphics
22774 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22779 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22781 \begin_inset Formula \[
22782 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22785 \end{array}\right]\]
22789 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22790 \begin_inset Formula \[
22791 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22798 \begin_layout Standard
22799 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22800 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22803 \begin_layout Standard
22804 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22805 left side and right side.
22806 If you use the option
22809 \begin_inset space ~
22814 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22815 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22816 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22817 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22820 \begin_layout Standard
22821 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22822 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22823 inside the brackets.
22824 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22829 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22832 \begin_layout Section
22833 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22834 \begin_inset Index idx
22837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22844 \begin_inset Index idx
22847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22854 \begin_inset Index idx
22857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22858 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22866 \begin_layout Standard
22867 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22870 \begin_inset space ~
22876 \begin_inset Graphics
22877 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22882 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22883 Here is an example:
22884 \begin_inset Formula \[
22885 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22889 \end{array}\right)\]
22893 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22894 \begin_inset space ~
22898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22900 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22905 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22906 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22907 This alignment is set in the box
22912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22960 for every column as default.
22961 For example, the sequence
22962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22973 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22974 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22975 corresponds to the relevant column.
22976 The result will look like this:
22977 \begin_inset Formula \[
22979 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22980 column & has & has\, right\\
22981 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22989 \begin_layout Standard
22990 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22993 arg "newline-insert newline"
22996 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22997 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22999 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23002 or the math toolbar.
23005 \begin_layout Standard
23006 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23007 It can be created with the menu
23009 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23010 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23012 \begin_inset space ~
23024 Here is an example:
23025 \begin_inset Formula \[
23037 \begin_layout Standard
23038 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23041 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23044 arg "newline-insert newline"
23048 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23053 arg "newline-insert newline"
23056 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23064 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23065 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23066 A new row is created by every further hit of
23069 arg "newline-insert newline"
23073 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23074 Here is an example:
23075 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23076 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23077 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23082 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23083 where you want to start the shift and hit
23088 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23089 position to the next column.
23090 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23091 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23092 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23093 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23100 \begin_layout Standard
23101 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23108 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23109 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23112 reference "eq:asquared"
23117 The other types are described in section
23118 \begin_inset space ~
23122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23124 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23131 \begin_layout Section
23132 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23133 \begin_inset Index idx
23136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23137 Math ! Formula numbering
23143 \begin_inset Index idx
23146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23147 Math ! Referencing formulas
23153 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23155 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23162 \begin_layout Standard
23163 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23165 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23166 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23168 \begin_inset space ~
23176 arg "math-number-toggle"
23180 The formula number appears in LyX as
23181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23188 within parentheses.
23190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23197 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23199 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23200 the document class.
23201 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23202 separated by a dot:
23203 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23204 1+1=2\end{equation}
23211 arg "math-number-toggle"
23214 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23215 You can only number displayed formulas.
23218 \begin_layout Standard
23219 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23221 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23222 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23224 \begin_inset space ~
23228 \begin_inset space ~
23232 \begin_inset space ~
23240 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23243 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23244 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23246 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23252 To number all lines use the shortcut
23255 arg "math-number-toggle"
23261 \begin_layout Standard
23262 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23265 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23266 A label is inserted with the menu
23268 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23271 when the cursor is in the formula.
23272 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23273 It is recommended to use the proposed
23274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23285 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23286 type when you have many labels in your document.
23287 We inserted in the following example the label
23288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23295 in the second line:
23296 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23297 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23298 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23303 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23304 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23314 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23316 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23318 \begin_inset space ~
23324 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23325 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23326 as the formula number:
23329 \begin_layout Standard
23330 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23333 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23340 \begin_layout Standard
23341 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23342 \begin_inset space ~
23346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23348 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23353 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23356 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23359 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23372 \begin_layout Section
23373 User defined math macros
23374 \begin_inset Index idx
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23386 \begin_layout Standard
23387 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23388 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23389 Math macros are explained in section
23392 \begin_inset space ~
23404 \begin_layout Section
23408 \begin_layout Subsection
23410 \begin_inset Index idx
23413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23422 \begin_layout Standard
23423 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23424 To set a font in a formula, use the
23427 \begin_inset space ~
23433 \begin_inset Graphics
23434 filename ../images/math/font.png
23438 , or enter its command, listed in table
23439 \begin_inset space ~
23443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23445 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23452 \begin_layout Standard
23453 \begin_inset Float table
23458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23459 \begin_inset Caption
23461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23464 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23468 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23478 \begin_inset Tabular
23479 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23480 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23481 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23482 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23514 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23541 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23568 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23601 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23628 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23655 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23689 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23716 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23750 \begin_layout Standard
23751 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23759 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23775 \begin_layout Standard
23776 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23777 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23782 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23783 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23784 Here an example where
23785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23796 denotes the set of numbers:
23797 \begin_inset Formula \[
23798 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23805 \begin_layout Standard
23806 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23812 \begin_inset space \space{}
23824 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23828 \begin_inset Newline newline
23831 So it is better not to use this feature.
23834 \begin_layout Standard
23835 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23836 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23840 \begin_inset Newline newline
23843 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23849 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23850 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23856 \begin_layout Standard
23863 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23866 \begin_layout Standard
23867 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23869 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23870 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23872 \begin_inset space ~
23880 \begin_layout Subsection
23882 \begin_inset Index idx
23885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23894 \begin_layout Standard
23895 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23897 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23901 \begin_inset space ~
23905 \begin_inset space ~
23913 \begin_inset space ~
23919 \begin_inset Graphics
23920 filename ../images/math/font.png
23931 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23932 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23933 Here is an example:
23934 \begin_inset Formula \[
23936 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23937 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23945 \begin_layout Subsection
23947 \begin_inset Index idx
23950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23959 \begin_layout Standard
23960 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23961 automatically chosen in most situations.
23979 For most characters,
23987 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23988 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23993 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23994 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23996 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23997 \begin_inset Graphics
23998 filename ../images/math/style.png
24003 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24004 For example, you can set
24005 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24008 , which is normally in
24017 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24021 The four styles are used in the following example:
24024 \begin_layout Standard
24025 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24029 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24033 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24037 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24043 \begin_layout Standard
24044 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24045 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24047 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24049 \begin_inset space ~
24054 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24055 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24056 will be adjusted to correspond.
24057 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24068 \begin_layout Standard
24072 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24078 \begin_layout Section
24082 \begin_layout Standard
24083 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24084 the document classes and into layout modules.
24085 \begin_inset Index idx
24088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24094 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24095 other than the AMS classes.
24097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24099 reference "sub:Modules"
24103 for more on layout modules.
24106 \begin_layout Section
24108 \begin_inset Index idx
24111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24118 \begin_inset Index idx
24121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24130 \begin_layout Standard
24131 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24132 (AMS) that are in common use.
24135 \begin_layout Subsection
24136 Enabling AMS-Support
24139 \begin_layout Standard
24140 Selecting the checkbox
24143 \begin_inset space ~
24147 \begin_inset space ~
24151 \begin_inset space ~
24158 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24162 \begin_inset Index idx
24165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24166 Document ! Settings
24174 \begin_inset space ~
24179 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24181 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24182 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24185 \begin_layout Subsection
24187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24189 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24194 \begin_inset Index idx
24197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24198 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24206 \begin_layout Standard
24207 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24208 LyX allows you to choose between
24229 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24232 \begin_layout Chapter
24236 \begin_layout Section
24238 \begin_inset Index idx
24241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24250 name "sec:Cross-References"
24257 \begin_layout Standard
24258 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24259 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24261 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24262 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24263 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24266 \begin_layout Enumerate
24270 \begin_layout Enumerate
24271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24273 name "enu:Second-item"
24280 \begin_layout Enumerate
24284 \begin_layout Standard
24285 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24290 or by pressing the toolbar button
24291 \begin_inset Graphics
24292 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24298 A grey label box like this:
24299 \begin_inset Graphics
24300 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24305 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24306 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24341 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24346 \begin_inset space \space{}
24349 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24364 \begin_layout Standard
24365 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24370 or the toolbar button
24371 \begin_inset Graphics
24372 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24378 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24379 \begin_inset Graphics
24380 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24385 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24387 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24400 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24404 \begin_layout Standard
24407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24410 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24415 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24416 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24418 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24424 \begin_layout Standard
24425 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24426 \begin_inset space ~
24430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24432 reference "enu:Second-item"
24439 \begin_layout Standard
24440 It is recommended to use a protected space
24444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24445 described in section
24446 \begin_inset space ~
24450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24452 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24461 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24465 \begin_layout Standard
24466 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24469 \begin_layout Description
24470 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24473 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24480 \begin_layout Description
24481 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24482 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24494 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24501 \begin_layout Description
24502 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24503 \begin_inset space ~
24507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24508 LatexCommand pageref
24509 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24516 \begin_layout Description
24518 \begin_inset space ~
24522 \begin_inset space ~
24525 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24527 LatexCommand vpageref
24528 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24535 \begin_layout Description
24537 \begin_inset space ~
24541 \begin_inset space ~
24545 \begin_inset space ~
24548 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24552 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24559 \begin_layout Description
24561 \begin_inset space ~
24564 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24565 \begin_inset Newline newline
24569 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24577 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24582 \begin_inset Index idx
24585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24586 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24599 \begin_layout Standard
24600 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24601 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24607 \begin_inset space \space{}
24611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24625 \begin_layout Standard
24626 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24627 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24628 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24632 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24636 \begin_layout Standard
24637 You can only use the style
24641 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24645 is always possible.
24648 \begin_layout Standard
24649 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24650 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24651 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24652 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24653 \begin_inset space ~
24657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24659 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24666 \begin_layout Standard
24670 \begin_inset space ~
24674 \begin_inset space ~
24679 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24681 The button text changes then to
24684 \begin_inset space ~
24689 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24690 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24691 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24692 \begin_inset Graphics
24693 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24694 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24695 rotateOrigin center
24702 \begin_layout Standard
24703 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24704 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24705 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24708 \begin_layout Standard
24709 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24710 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24713 \begin_layout Standard
24714 References are described in detail in the
24721 \begin_layout Section
24722 Table of Contents and other Listings
24723 \begin_inset Index idx
24726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24733 \begin_inset Index idx
24736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24752 \begin_layout Subsection
24754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24756 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24763 \begin_layout Standard
24764 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24767 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24769 \begin_inset space ~
24773 \begin_inset space ~
24779 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24780 If you click on it, the
24784 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24785 sections in your documents.
24786 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24788 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24791 that is described in sec.
24792 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24798 reference "sec:Navigating"
24805 \begin_layout Standard
24806 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24807 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24809 \begin_inset space ~
24813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24815 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24819 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24821 \begin_inset space ~
24825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24827 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24831 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24833 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24836 \begin_layout Subsection
24837 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24838 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24840 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24847 \begin_layout Standard
24848 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24849 You can insert them via the
24851 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24853 \begin_inset space ~
24857 \begin_inset space ~
24863 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24866 \begin_layout Section
24867 URLs and Hyperlinks
24868 \begin_inset Index idx
24871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24878 \begin_inset Index idx
24881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24890 \begin_layout Subsection
24892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24901 \begin_layout Standard
24902 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24910 \begin_layout Standard
24911 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24912 \begin_inset Flex URL
24915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24925 \begin_layout Standard
24926 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24932 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24936 \begin_layout Standard
24937 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24945 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24953 \begin_layout Subsection
24955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24957 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24964 \begin_layout Standard
24965 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24970 or with the toolbar button
24971 \begin_inset Graphics
24972 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24973 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24978 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24987 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24988 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24989 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24991 name "LyX's homepage"
24992 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24996 , an Email address like this:
24997 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24999 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25000 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25005 , or a link to a file.
25008 \begin_layout Standard
25009 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25022 to the link target.
25025 \begin_layout Standard
25026 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25027 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25028 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25029 the text style dialog.
25030 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25034 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25036 name "LyX's homepage"
25037 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25044 \begin_layout Standard
25045 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25049 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25051 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25052 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25056 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25058 \begin_inset Newline newline
25066 \begin_inset Newline newline
25073 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25076 \begin_layout Section
25078 \begin_inset Index idx
25081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25090 name "sec:Appendices"
25097 \begin_layout Standard
25098 Appendices are created with the menu
25100 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25102 \begin_inset space ~
25106 \begin_inset space ~
25112 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25113 as the appendix region.
25114 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25118 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25119 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25120 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25121 and the subsection number.
25122 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25128 \begin_inset space ~
25132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25134 reference "cha:Credits"
25139 \begin_inset space ~
25143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25145 reference "sub:Export"
25152 \begin_layout Section
25154 \begin_inset Index idx
25157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25166 name "sec:Bibliography"
25173 \begin_layout Standard
25174 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25175 You can include a bibliography database,
25179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25180 Known under the name
25181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25193 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25194 manually, using the paragraph environment
25198 , which was described in section
25199 \begin_inset space ~
25203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25205 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25210 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25211 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25215 use a bibliography database.
25218 \begin_layout Subsection
25219 The Bibliography Environment
25222 \begin_layout Standard
25227 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25229 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25238 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25240 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25249 , a short form of its title, as key.
25252 \begin_layout Standard
25253 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25258 or the toolbar button
25259 \begin_inset Graphics
25260 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25261 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25266 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25267 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25268 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25269 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25273 \begin_layout Standard
25274 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25275 entry with surrounding brackets.
25280 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25281 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25293 \begin_layout Standard
25296 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25299 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25301 key "latexcompanion"
25308 \begin_layout Standard
25309 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25310 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25319 \begin_layout Subsection
25320 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25321 \begin_inset Index idx
25324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25325 Bibliography ! Databases
25331 \begin_inset Index idx
25334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25335 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25343 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25350 \begin_layout Standard
25351 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25357 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25359 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25360 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25365 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25367 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25368 your working field in a database.
25369 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25370 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25372 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25376 \begin_layout Standard
25377 The database is a text file with the file extension
25378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25389 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25390 The format is explained in
25391 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25397 and in LaTeX books (
25398 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25400 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25405 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25406 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25407 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25408 \begin_inset Flex URL
25411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25413 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25421 \begin_layout Standard
25422 To use a database, use the menu
25424 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25429 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25442 \begin_inset space ~
25448 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25449 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25452 Add bibliography to TOC
25454 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25459 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25462 \begin_layout Standard
25463 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25475 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25476 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25477 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25479 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25485 For information how this is done, have a look at
25486 \begin_inset Newline newline
25490 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25492 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25504 \begin_layout Standard
25505 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25508 \begin_layout Standard
25509 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25510 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25513 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25541 \begin_inset space ~
25547 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25553 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25562 \begin_layout Standard
25563 When you select the option
25565 Sectioned bibliography
25569 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25572 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25573 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25575 Customizing Bibliographies
25583 Additional Features
25588 \begin_layout Standard
25589 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25590 the two methods of creating them.
25591 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25592 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25593 We used the style file
25597 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25600 \begin_layout Subsection
25601 Bibliography layout
25602 \begin_inset Index idx
25605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25606 Bibliography ! Layout
25614 \begin_layout Standard
25615 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25616 For this feature you need to enable the option
25622 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25626 \begin_inset Index idx
25629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25630 Document ! Settings
25640 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25641 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25642 in the previous section.
25645 \begin_layout Standard
25646 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25647 in the citation reference window.
25648 Here an example where we set the text
25649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25653 \begin_inset space ~
25657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25660 to appear after the reference:
25663 \begin_layout Standard
25665 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25668 key "latexcompanion"
25675 \begin_layout Section
25677 \begin_inset Index idx
25680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25696 \begin_layout Standard
25697 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25701 \begin_inset space ~
25706 or the toolbar button
25707 \begin_inset Graphics
25708 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25709 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25726 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25727 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25728 by LyX as the index entry.
25731 \begin_layout Standard
25732 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25733 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25735 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25737 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25744 \begin_layout Standard
25745 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25749 \begin_inset space ~
25753 \begin_inset space ~
25756 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25758 \begin_inset space ~
25764 A light blue box labeled
25765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25776 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25777 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25780 \begin_layout Subsection
25781 Grouping Index Entries
25782 \begin_inset Index idx
25785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25794 \begin_layout Standard
25795 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25797 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25798 lists under the entry
25799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25807 First we create the entry
25808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25816 \begin_inset space ~
25820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25822 reference "sub:Lists"
25827 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25828 \begin_inset space ~
25832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25834 reference "sec:Itemize"
25838 , we insert the command
25841 \begin_layout Standard
25847 \begin_layout Standard
25851 \begin_layout Standard
25857 \begin_layout Standard
25858 for the enumerated list in section
25859 \begin_inset space ~
25863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25865 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25872 \begin_layout Standard
25873 The exclamation mark
25874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25881 marks the grouping levels.
25882 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25883 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25884 If we don't have an index entry for
25885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25892 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25895 \begin_layout Subsection
25897 \begin_inset Index idx
25900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25901 Index ! Page ranges
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25912 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25913 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25915 \begin_inset space ~
25919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25921 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25928 \begin_layout Standard
25931 Paragraph environments|(
25934 \begin_layout Standard
25935 and another entry at the end of section
25936 \begin_inset space ~
25940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25942 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25949 \begin_layout Standard
25952 Paragraph environments|)
25955 \begin_layout Standard
25957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25980 respectively start and end the index range.
25981 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25982 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25983 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25984 An example is the index entry
25985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25988 Document ! Settings
25989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25995 \begin_layout Subsection
25997 \begin_inset Index idx
26000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26001 Index ! Cross referencing
26009 \begin_layout Standard
26010 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26011 We referred for example in the index entry
26012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26020 \begin_inset space ~
26024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26026 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26030 ) to the index entry
26031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26038 in the same section using the entry
26041 \begin_layout Standard
26044 GIF|see{Image formats}
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26048 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26049 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26050 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26053 \begin_layout Subsection
26055 \begin_inset Index idx
26058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26059 Index ! Entry order
26067 \begin_layout Standard
26068 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26069 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26070 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26075 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26077 \begin_inset space ~
26081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26083 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26092 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26093 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26118 \begin_inset Index idx
26121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26122 Dummy entries ! maïs
26128 \begin_inset Index idx
26131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26132 Dummy entries ! maître
26138 \begin_inset Index idx
26141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26142 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26147 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26148 order maïs, maison, maître.
26149 To achieve this, we use the command
26152 \begin_layout Standard
26155 previous entry@current entry
26158 \begin_layout Standard
26159 In our case we want to have
26160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26175 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26178 \begin_layout Standard
26184 \begin_layout Standard
26185 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26186 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26190 \begin_layout Standard
26191 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26197 \begin_layout Standard
26198 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26203 to generate the index (see sec.
26204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26210 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26219 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26227 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26231 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26232 index commands start with
26233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26245 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26250 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26253 \begin_layout Standard
26265 \begin_layout Standard
26277 \begin_layout Subsection
26279 \begin_inset Index idx
26282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26283 Index ! Entry layout
26291 \begin_layout Standard
26292 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26293 \begin_inset Index idx
26296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26299 This is an italic dummy entry
26304 You can also format the page number using the character
26305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26312 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26313 We can write for example
26316 \begin_layout Standard
26319 italic page number:|textit
26322 \begin_layout Standard
26323 to get the page number in italic.
26324 \begin_inset Index idx
26327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26328 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26333 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26351 \begin_inset space ~
26357 Have a look at section
26358 \begin_inset space ~
26362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26364 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26368 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26372 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26380 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26384 to generate the index, see sec.
26385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26391 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26400 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26401 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26403 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26406 key "latexcompanion"
26418 \begin_layout Standard
26419 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26421 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26422 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26423 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26424 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26425 If so, put the following in the preamble
26428 \begin_layout Standard
26440 \begin_layout Standard
26444 \begin_layout Standard
26450 \begin_layout Standard
26451 in the index entry.
26452 \begin_inset Index idx
26455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26456 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26461 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26462 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26463 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26466 \begin_layout Standard
26467 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26473 \begin_inset space \space{}
26476 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26477 for all index entries.
26478 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26490 documentation for details,
26491 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26493 key "makeindex,xindy"
26500 \begin_layout Subsection
26502 \begin_inset Index idx
26505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26514 name "sub:Index-Program"
26521 \begin_layout Standard
26522 If the index entry program
26526 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26530 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26539 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26540 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26541 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26542 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26543 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26553 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26554 dialog, see section
26555 \begin_inset space ~
26559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26561 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26566 The available options are listed and explained in
26567 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26569 key "makeindex,xindy"
26574 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26578 \begin_layout Standard
26579 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26580 given document, you can define the programm and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26583 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26584 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26585 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26589 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26590 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26593 \begin_layout Subsection
26597 \begin_layout Standard
26598 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26599 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26607 next to the standard index.
26608 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26609 packages that add this feature.
26615 \begin_inset Index idx
26618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26619 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26624 package to generate multiple indexes.
26625 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26626 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26627 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26634 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26635 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26636 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26639 \begin_layout Standard
26640 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26642 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26643 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26644 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26651 Use multiple Indexes
26652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26656 Note that the list of
26657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26664 below already contains the standard index.
26665 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26666 also appear as a heading) to the
26667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26674 input field and press the
26675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26683 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26684 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26685 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26689 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26695 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26696 indexes in the LyX work area.
26699 \begin_layout Standard
26700 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26705 \begin_inset space ~
26709 \begin_inset space ~
26718 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26719 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26720 are some additional features:
26723 \begin_layout Itemize
26724 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26725 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26728 \begin_layout Itemize
26729 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26730 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26739 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26744 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26745 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26746 to the non-subindexes.
26749 \begin_layout Section
26750 Nomenclature / Glossary
26751 \begin_inset Index idx
26754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26761 \begin_inset Index idx
26764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26795 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26802 \begin_layout Standard
26803 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26804 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26808 \begin_layout Standard
26809 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26814 \begin_inset Index idx
26817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26818 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26824 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26825 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26831 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26834 \begin_layout Standard
26835 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26836 and then use the menu
26838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26844 \begin_inset space ~
26849 or the toolbar button
26850 \begin_inset Graphics
26851 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26852 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26869 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26872 \begin_layout Standard
26873 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26874 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26875 The second is the description of the symbol.
26878 \begin_layout Standard
26879 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26887 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26895 \begin_layout Subsection
26896 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26897 \begin_inset Index idx
26900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26901 Nomenclature ! Layout
26909 \begin_layout Standard
26910 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26914 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26920 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26928 \begin_inset Newline newline
26936 \begin_inset Newline newline
26942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26949 character starts/ends the formula.
26950 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26962 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26972 \begin_layout Standard
26973 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26974 \begin_inset space ~
26978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26980 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26987 \begin_layout Standard
26991 \begin_inset space ~
26996 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26997 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27002 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27009 in this document is:
27010 \begin_inset Newline newline
27015 dummy entry for the character
27020 \begin_inset Newline newline
27032 \begin_inset space ~
27042 font use the command
27071 \begin_layout Subsection
27072 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27073 \begin_inset Index idx
27076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27077 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27085 \begin_layout Standard
27086 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27087 the symbol definition.
27088 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27089 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27092 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27093 LatexCommand nomenclature
27095 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27102 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27106 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27107 LatexCommand nomenclature
27110 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27115 They will be sorted by
27116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27142 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27145 will be sorted before the
27149 since the character
27150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27157 is considered in sorting.
27160 \begin_layout Standard
27161 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27164 \begin_inset space ~
27169 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27170 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27172 For the example given, you can insert
27176 in this field for the
27177 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27184 will be located before
27185 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27191 \begin_layout Standard
27192 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27197 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27206 \begin_layout Subsection
27207 Nomenclature Options
27208 \begin_inset Index idx
27211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27212 Nomenclature ! Options
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27225 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27226 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27229 \begin_layout Description
27230 refeq Appends the phrase
27231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27246 to every nomenclature entry, where
27252 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27255 \begin_layout Description
27256 refpage Appends the phrase
27257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27272 to every nomenclature entry, where
27278 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27281 \begin_layout Description
27282 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27285 \begin_layout Standard
27286 There are furthermore the options
27330 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27334 \begin_layout Standard
27335 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27336 class options list in the
27338 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27342 In this document the option
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27350 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27356 \begin_layout Standard
27357 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27358 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27363 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27366 \begin_layout Description
27376 \begin_layout Description
27379 nomrefpage Like the
27386 \begin_layout Description
27389 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27398 \begin_layout Description
27402 \begin_inset space ~
27408 \begin_inset space ~
27413 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27416 \begin_layout Subsection
27417 Printing the Nomenclature
27418 \begin_inset Index idx
27421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27422 Nomenclature ! Printing
27430 \begin_layout Standard
27431 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27433 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27435 \begin_inset space ~
27439 \begin_inset space ~
27442 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27446 A light blue box labeled
27447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27458 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27459 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27462 \begin_layout Standard
27463 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27472 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27480 For example, in order to change the name to
27484 , add the following line to the preamble:
27487 \begin_layout Standard
27495 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27498 \begin_layout Standard
27499 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27505 \begin_layout Standard
27506 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27507 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27510 \begin_layout Standard
27518 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27524 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27525 \begin_inset space ~
27529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27531 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27536 The default value is 1
27537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27543 \begin_layout Subsection
27544 Nomenclature Program
27545 \begin_inset Index idx
27548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27549 Nomenclature ! Program
27555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27557 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 LyX uses the program
27569 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27570 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27575 by adding options, see section
27576 \begin_inset space ~
27580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27582 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27587 The available options are listed and explained in
27588 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27590 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27597 \begin_layout Section
27599 \begin_inset Index idx
27602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27609 \begin_inset Index idx
27612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27613 Document ! Branches
27619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27621 name "sec:Branches"
27628 \begin_layout Standard
27629 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27630 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27631 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27632 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27636 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27637 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27638 To create a branch, go in the
27640 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27648 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27649 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27652 \begin_layout Standard
27653 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27654 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27659 where you can choose a branch.
27660 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27663 \begin_layout Standard
27664 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27665 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27668 \begin_layout Standard
27669 \begin_inset Branch Question
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27673 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27682 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27685 \begin_layout Standard
27686 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27694 \begin_layout Standard
27695 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27702 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27703 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27705 For example you can define for the question branch
27709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27710 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27711 \begin_inset space ~
27715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27717 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27729 \begin_layout Standard
27739 \begin_layout Standard
27749 \begin_layout Standard
27750 and for the answer branch
27753 \begin_layout Standard
27763 \begin_layout Standard
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27774 \begin_inset Branch Question
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27809 \begin_layout Standard
27810 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27813 \begin_layout Standard
27817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27845 \begin_layout Standard
27846 Now it is possible to use the commands
27850 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27857 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27860 to obtain conditional output.
27861 Here is an example formula where only the
27868 \begin_inset Formula \[
27869 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27876 \begin_layout Standard
27877 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27885 \begin_layout Section
27887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27889 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27894 \begin_inset Index idx
27897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27906 \begin_layout Standard
27911 dialog allows you in the
27915 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27916 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27921 \begin_inset Index idx
27924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27925 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27933 \begin_layout Standard
27938 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27939 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27940 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27942 You can specify in the dialog tab
27946 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27948 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27949 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27953 \begin_layout Standard
27958 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27959 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27960 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27962 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27963 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27965 \begin_inset space ~
27968 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27969 \begin_inset space ~
27972 1 will only display the sections.
27975 \begin_layout Standard
27976 The header information in the dialog tab
27980 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27981 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27982 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27986 \begin_inset space \space{}
27989 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27990 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27993 Automatic fill header
27995 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27996 title and author settings.
27999 \begin_layout Standard
28002 Load in fullscreen mode
28004 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28007 \begin_layout Standard
28008 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28009 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28015 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28016 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28025 \begin_layout Section
28026 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28029 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28036 \begin_layout Subsection
28038 \begin_inset Index idx
28041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28050 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28057 \begin_layout Standard
28058 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28059 constructs, but not all.
28060 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28061 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28062 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28063 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28064 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28068 \begin_layout Standard
28069 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28071 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28075 \begin_inset space ~
28080 or by the toolbar button
28081 \begin_inset Graphics
28082 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28087 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28091 \begin_layout Standard
28092 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28093 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28094 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28101 , you can write the command part
28107 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28111 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28112 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28113 the following example:
28116 \begin_layout Standard
28117 \begin_inset Graphics
28118 filename clipart/ERT.png
28126 \begin_layout Standard
28130 \begin_layout Standard
28131 This is a line with a
28135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28158 \begin_layout Standard
28159 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28167 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28168 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28176 \begin_layout Subsection
28177 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28178 \begin_inset OptArg
28181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28188 \begin_inset Index idx
28191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28200 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28207 \begin_layout Standard
28208 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28209 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28210 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28219 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28220 any time if you know the right commands.
28222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28226 \begin_inset space \space{}
28229 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28231 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28232 all caption labels bold.
28233 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28235 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28239 \begin_layout Standard
28240 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28241 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28242 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28244 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28253 \begin_layout Standard
28254 As result you know that the package
28259 \begin_inset Index idx
28262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28263 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28269 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28271 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28282 usepackage[options]{package name}
28285 \begin_layout Standard
28286 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28287 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28288 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28291 \begin_layout Standard
28292 In your case the package name is
28297 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28302 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28303 So you add the command
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28311 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28314 \begin_layout Standard
28315 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28320 For more commands provided by the
28324 package, have a look at its documentation,
28325 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28339 \begin_layout Standard
28340 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28342 For example if you use a
28346 class, you don't need the package
28350 , you can instead write
28353 \begin_layout Standard
28358 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28364 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28365 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28366 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28373 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28376 \begin_layout Standard
28377 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28378 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28380 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28381 the previous section.
28384 \begin_layout Standard
28385 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28387 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28389 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28397 \begin_layout Section
28398 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28401 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28406 \begin_inset Index idx
28409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28416 \begin_inset Index idx
28419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28428 \begin_layout Standard
28429 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28430 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28431 to break your train of thought with
28433 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28439 \begin_layout Standard
28440 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28441 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28446 \begin_inset Index idx
28449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28450 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28455 as explained below, and turn on
28458 \begin_inset space ~
28465 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28469 \begin_inset space ~
28473 \begin_inset space ~
28476 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28481 \begin_inset space ~
28486 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28489 \begin_layout Standard
28490 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28492 Previews of an already loaded document are
28496 generated just by selecting the
28499 \begin_inset space ~
28504 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28507 \begin_layout Standard
28508 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28509 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28512 \begin_inset space ~
28517 check box in the insert dialog.
28518 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28522 \begin_layout Standard
28523 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28527 (on some systems named simply
28532 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28534 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28540 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28541 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28549 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28553 \begin_layout Standard
28554 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28560 \begin_layout Standard
28561 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28565 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28567 \begin_inset space ~
28572 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28573 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28575 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28576 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28577 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28578 the source view window.
28581 \begin_layout Section
28583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28585 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28590 \begin_inset Index idx
28593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28602 \begin_layout Standard
28603 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28604 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28621 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28627 can be seen as the successor to
28631 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28636 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28637 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28645 \begin_layout Standard
28646 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28647 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28654 \begin_layout Standard
28657 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28660 or the toolbar button
28661 \begin_inset Graphics
28662 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28663 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28667 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28668 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28669 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28670 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28671 scrolled so that it is visible.
28676 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28678 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28682 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28683 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28686 \begin_layout Standard
28687 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28690 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28694 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28695 will bring an error message.
28696 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28697 specifying a different
28699 Alternative language
28701 in preferences dialog.
28704 \begin_layout Standard
28705 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28708 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28712 \begin_layout Standard
28713 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28714 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28716 But you can use the
28719 \begin_inset space ~
28723 \begin_inset space ~
28731 \begin_layout Standard
28732 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28733 This does work with
28737 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28740 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28744 \begin_layout Standard
28749 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28752 \begin_layout Description
28754 \begin_inset space ~
28757 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28758 should consider, e.
28759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28763 \begin_inset space \space{}
28766 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28767 This should not normally be needed.
28770 \begin_layout Description
28772 \begin_inset space ~
28775 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28776 the spell checker's default choice
28779 \begin_layout Description
28781 \begin_inset space ~
28785 \begin_inset space ~
28788 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28800 \begin_layout Description
28802 \begin_inset space ~
28806 \begin_inset space ~
28809 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28811 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28818 also for the spellchecker.
28822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28823 The encodings are explained in section
28824 \begin_inset space ~
28828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28830 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28839 Only enable this if you use
28843 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28844 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28845 so this is disabled by default.
28848 \begin_layout Section
28850 \begin_inset Index idx
28853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28862 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28869 \begin_layout Standard
28870 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28871 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28881 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28883 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28892 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28893 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28894 are available for many languages.
28897 \begin_layout Standard
28898 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28902 \begin_layout Subsection
28903 Setting up the thesaurus
28906 \begin_layout Standard
28911 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28916 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28921 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28923 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28927 en_EN for English).
28928 For instance, the English files are named:
28931 \begin_layout Itemize
28935 \begin_layout Itemize
28939 \begin_layout Standard
28940 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28941 already on your system.
28942 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28943 \begin_inset Flex URL
28946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28948 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28954 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28959 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28961 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28962 unpack a zip archive.
28965 \begin_layout Standard
28974 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28975 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28977 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28978 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28982 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28985 \begin_layout Subsection
28986 Using the thesaurus
28989 \begin_layout Standard
28990 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28992 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28995 or the toolbar button
28996 \begin_inset Graphics
28997 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28998 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28999 rotateOrigin center
29003 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29005 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29007 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29008 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29009 and hyponyms (such as
29017 ), compounds (such as
29021 ) and antonyms (such as
29029 ), which are marked as such.
29032 \begin_layout Standard
29033 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29034 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29038 \begin_layout Standard
29039 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29040 the dictionary, such as the above
29044 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29045 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29049 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29050 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29051 For example looking up the word forms
29059 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29064 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29077 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29078 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29079 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29082 \begin_layout Subsection
29083 License of the Thesaurus library
29086 \begin_layout Standard
29091 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29096 as a standalone program.
29097 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29098 The library was released under the
29100 Berkeley Database License
29102 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29103 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29104 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29106 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29109 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29113 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29116 \begin_layout Section
29118 \begin_inset Index idx
29121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29128 \begin_inset Index idx
29131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29132 Document ! Change Tracking
29138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29140 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29148 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29149 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29150 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29151 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29153 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29155 \begin_inset space ~
29158 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29160 \begin_inset space ~
29168 \begin_layout Standard
29169 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29183 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29184 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29187 \begin_inset space ~
29191 \begin_inset space ~
29201 \begin_inset Index idx
29204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29205 Color ! Change tracking
29210 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29211 the cursor is in changed text.
29212 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29213 \begin_inset Graphics
29214 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29215 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29216 rotateOrigin center
29223 \begin_layout Standard
29224 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29225 \begin_inset Index idx
29228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29237 \begin_layout Standard
29238 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29244 \begin_layout Standard
29245 \begin_inset Graphics
29246 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29254 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29260 \begin_layout Standard
29261 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29265 \begin_layout Standard
29266 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29272 \begin_layout Standard
29273 \begin_inset Tabular
29274 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29275 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29276 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29277 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29278 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29283 \begin_inset Graphics
29284 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29285 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29286 rotateOrigin center
29295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29301 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29303 \begin_inset space ~
29306 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29308 \begin_inset space ~
29317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29322 \begin_inset Graphics
29323 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29324 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29325 rotateOrigin center
29334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29340 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29342 \begin_inset space ~
29345 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29347 \begin_inset space ~
29351 \begin_inset space ~
29355 \begin_inset space ~
29364 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29369 \begin_inset Graphics
29370 filename ../images/change-next.png
29371 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29372 rotateOrigin center
29381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29385 Jumps to the next change
29391 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29396 \begin_inset Graphics
29397 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29398 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29399 rotateOrigin center
29408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29414 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29416 \begin_inset space ~
29419 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29421 \begin_inset space ~
29430 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29435 \begin_inset Graphics
29436 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29437 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29438 rotateOrigin center
29447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29453 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29455 \begin_inset space ~
29458 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29460 \begin_inset space ~
29469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29474 \begin_inset Graphics
29475 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29477 rotateOrigin center
29486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29492 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29494 \begin_inset space ~
29497 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29499 \begin_inset space ~
29508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29513 \begin_inset Graphics
29514 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29516 rotateOrigin center
29525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29531 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29533 \begin_inset space ~
29536 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29538 \begin_inset space ~
29542 \begin_inset space ~
29551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29556 \begin_inset Graphics
29557 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29558 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29559 rotateOrigin center
29568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29574 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29576 \begin_inset space ~
29579 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29581 \begin_inset space ~
29585 \begin_inset space ~
29594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29599 \begin_inset Graphics
29600 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29602 rotateOrigin center
29611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29617 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29618 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29620 \begin_inset space ~
29629 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29634 \begin_inset Graphics
29635 filename ../images/note-next.png
29636 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29637 rotateOrigin center
29646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29652 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29654 \begin_inset space ~
29670 \begin_layout Standard
29671 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29677 \begin_layout Standard
29678 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29679 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29680 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29681 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29682 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29683 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29684 step to the next change.
29685 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29688 \begin_layout Standard
29689 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29690 to describe a change.
29693 \begin_layout Standard
29694 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29699 \begin_inset Index idx
29702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29703 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29709 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29710 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29716 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29719 \begin_layout Section
29720 International Support
29721 \begin_inset Index idx
29724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29725 International support
29733 \begin_layout Standard
29734 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29735 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29736 how to set up LyX to use them:
29737 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29739 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29746 \begin_layout Standard
29747 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29748 \begin_inset space ~
29752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29754 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29761 \begin_layout Subsection
29763 \begin_inset Index idx
29766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29773 \begin_inset Index idx
29776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29777 Document ! Settings
29783 \begin_inset Index idx
29786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29787 Document ! Language
29795 \begin_layout Standard
29798 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29801 dialog lets you set
29803 the language and character encoding for your language.
29807 \begin_layout Standard
29808 Choose your language in the
29812 section of this dialog.
29820 \begin_layout Standard
29825 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29830 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29831 For details about the different encoding options see section
29832 \begin_inset space ~
29836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29838 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29845 \begin_layout Subsection
29846 Keyboard mapping configuration
29847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29849 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29856 \begin_layout Standard
29857 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29858 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29859 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29860 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29861 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29863 \begin_inset space ~
29867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29869 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29874 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29875 which one you want to use.
29878 \begin_layout Standard
29879 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29880 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29881 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29882 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29883 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29884 one to support the characters you want.
29885 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29892 \begin_layout Subsection
29896 \begin_layout Standard
29898 \begin_inset space ~
29902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29904 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29913 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29917 \begin_layout Standard
29918 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29919 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29927 \begin_layout Itemize
29928 Even if you have selected
29934 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29937 dialog, users who have only the
29941 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29945 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29946 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29947 french quotes won't show up.
29950 \begin_layout Standard
29951 \begin_inset Float table
29956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29957 \begin_inset Caption
29959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29962 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29980 \begin_inset Tabular
29981 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29982 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29983 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29992 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29997 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29998 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29999 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34412 \begin_layout Standard
34413 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34415 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34416 also the characters from
34428 \begin_layout Itemize
34437 \begin_layout Standard
34438 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34439 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34445 \begin_layout Standard
34446 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34447 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34453 \begin_layout Standard
34454 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34455 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34461 \begin_layout Standard
34462 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34463 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34469 \begin_layout Standard
34471 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34477 \begin_layout Standard
34479 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34485 \begin_layout Standard
34487 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34494 \begin_layout Itemize
34507 \begin_layout Standard
34509 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34515 \begin_layout Standard
34517 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34523 \begin_layout Standard
34525 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34531 \begin_layout Standard
34533 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34539 \begin_layout Standard
34541 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34547 \begin_layout Standard
34549 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34556 \begin_layout Standard
34557 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34558 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34559 Also make sure you're using the
34566 \begin_layout Chapter
34569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34571 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34578 \begin_layout Standard
34579 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34580 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34581 topic inside the user's guide.
34584 \begin_layout Section
34586 \begin_inset Index idx
34589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34598 \begin_layout Standard
34603 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34604 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34607 \begin_layout Subsection
34611 \begin_layout Standard
34612 Creates a new document.
34615 \begin_layout Subsection
34619 \begin_layout Standard
34620 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34621 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34622 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34625 \begin_layout Subsection
34629 \begin_layout Standard
34633 \begin_layout Subsection
34637 \begin_layout Standard
34638 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34639 Click there on a file to open it.
34642 \begin_layout Subsection
34646 \begin_layout Standard
34647 Closes the current document.
34650 \begin_layout Subsection
34654 \begin_layout Standard
34655 Closes all opened documents.
34658 \begin_layout Subsection
34662 \begin_layout Standard
34663 Saves the actual document.
34666 \begin_layout Subsection
34670 \begin_layout Standard
34671 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34674 \begin_layout Subsection
34678 \begin_layout Standard
34679 Saves all opened documents.
34682 \begin_layout Subsection
34686 \begin_layout Standard
34687 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34690 \begin_layout Subsection
34694 \begin_layout Standard
34695 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34696 It is described in the section
34698 Version Control in LyX
34702 Additional Features
34707 \begin_layout Subsection
34711 \begin_layout Standard
34712 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34713 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34714 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34715 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34718 \begin_layout Standard
34719 When using the menu entry
34722 \begin_inset space ~
34727 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34731 \begin_inset space ~
34735 \begin_inset space ~
34740 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34741 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34744 \begin_layout Subsection
34746 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34755 \begin_layout Standard
34756 You can export your document to various file formats.
34757 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34758 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34759 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34762 \begin_layout Standard
34763 Here is a list of all available entries
34764 \change_deleted 1 1262887786
34765 ; they are explained in detail in section
34766 \begin_inset space ~
34770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34772 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34777 \change_inserted 1 1262887786
34783 \begin_layout Description
34787 \begin_inset space ~
34792 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34794 \change_deleted 1 1262887560
34796 \change_inserted 1 1262887561
34798 \begin_inset Newline newline
34804 \change_deleted 1 1262887562
34807 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34808 \change_deleted 1 1262887564
34814 \begin_layout Description
34820 \change_inserted 1 1262887797
34822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34823 LatexCommand prettyref
34824 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34833 \begin_layout Description
34835 \change_inserted 1 1262887568
34837 \begin_inset Newline newline
34841 \change_deleted 1 1262887572
34843 \change_inserted 1 1262887573
34847 \change_inserted 1 1262887602
34849 \change_deleted 1 1262887603
34853 \change_inserted 1 1262887606
34855 \change_deleted 1 1262887609
34859 \change_inserted 1 1262887612
34862 a third-party product and
34863 \change_inserted 1 1262887674
34865 \change_deleted 1 1262887617
34869 \change_inserted 1 1262887618
34871 \change_deleted 1 1262887618
34877 \begin_layout Description
34879 \begin_inset space ~
34883 \begin_inset space ~
34886 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34890 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34898 \begin_layout Description
34905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34913 \begin_inset space ~
34918 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34919 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34923 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34926 \begin_layout Description
34933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34941 \begin_inset space ~
34946 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34947 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34955 \begin_layout Description
34957 \begin_inset space ~
34960 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34968 is replaced by the version number)
34969 \change_inserted 1 1262887695
34973 \begin_layout Description
34975 \change_inserted 1 1262887844
34976 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine (see
34977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34978 LatexCommand prettyref
34979 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34988 \begin_layout Description
34989 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35002 \change_inserted 1 1262887646
35004 \begin_inset Newline newline
35008 \change_deleted 1 1262887649
35010 \change_inserted 1 1262887649
35014 \change_inserted 1 1262887652
35016 \change_deleted 1 1262887652
35020 \change_inserted 1 1262887656
35022 \change_deleted 1 1262887654
35026 \change_inserted 1 1262887659
35029 a third-party product and
35030 \change_inserted 1 1262887665
35032 \change_deleted 1 1262887667
35036 \change_inserted 1 1262887669
35038 \change_deleted 1 1262887670
35044 \begin_layout Description
35048 \begin_inset space ~
35053 PDF-format using the program
35056 \change_inserted 1 1262887911
35060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35061 LatexCommand prettyref
35062 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35071 \begin_layout Description
35075 \begin_inset space ~
35080 PDF-format using the program
35083 \change_inserted 1 1262887913
35087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35088 LatexCommand prettyref
35089 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35098 \begin_layout Description
35102 \begin_inset space ~
35107 PDF-format using the program
35110 \change_inserted 1 1262887914
35114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35115 LatexCommand prettyref
35116 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35125 \begin_layout Description
35129 \begin_inset space ~
35137 \begin_layout Description
35141 \begin_inset space ~
35145 \begin_inset space ~
35150 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35151 and then exported as text using the program
35156 \begin_layout Description
35161 PostScript format using the program
35164 \change_inserted 1 1262887921
35168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35169 LatexCommand prettyref
35170 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35179 \begin_layout Description
35187 \begin_layout Standard
35192 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35193 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35199 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35202 \begin_layout Standard
35203 If one of the menu entries
35210 \begin_inset space ~
35219 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35220 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35221 \begin_inset space ~
35225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35227 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35232 \begin_inset Index idx
35235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35236 Reconfiguration of LyX
35244 \begin_layout Standard
35249 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35250 the export program.
35253 \begin_layout Subsection
35257 \begin_layout Standard
35258 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35259 format or send it to a printer.
35260 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35261 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35267 For more information have a look at section
35268 \begin_inset space ~
35272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35274 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35281 \begin_layout Subsection
35285 \begin_layout Standard
35286 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35287 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35288 prefix, see section
35289 \begin_inset space ~
35293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35295 reference "sec:Paths"
35300 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35309 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35310 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35311 \begin_inset space ~
35315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35317 reference "sub:Converters"
35324 \begin_layout Subsection
35325 New and Close Window
35328 \begin_layout Standard
35329 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35332 \begin_layout Subsection
35336 \begin_layout Standard
35337 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35340 \begin_layout Section
35342 \begin_inset Index idx
35345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35354 \begin_layout Subsection
35358 \begin_layout Standard
35359 Described in section
35360 \begin_inset space ~
35364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35366 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35373 \begin_layout Subsection
35374 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35377 \begin_layout Standard
35378 Described in section
35379 \begin_inset space ~
35383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35385 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35392 \begin_layout Subsection
35396 \begin_layout Standard
35397 Selects the whole document.
35400 \begin_layout Subsection
35404 \begin_layout Standard
35405 Described in section
35406 \begin_inset space ~
35410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35412 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35419 \begin_layout Subsection
35420 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35423 \begin_layout Standard
35424 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35428 \begin_layout Subsection
35432 \begin_layout Standard
35433 Described in section
35434 \begin_inset space ~
35438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35440 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35447 \begin_layout Subsection
35449 \begin_inset Index idx
35452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35453 Paragraph ! Settings
35461 \begin_layout Standard
35462 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35463 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35466 \begin_layout Standard
35467 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35468 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35470 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35476 \begin_inset space ~
35484 \begin_layout Subsection
35485 Table Settings and Math
35488 \begin_layout Standard
35489 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35491 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35492 The properties of tables are described in section
35493 \begin_inset space ~
35497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35499 reference "sec:Tables"
35503 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35504 \begin_inset space ~
35508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35510 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35517 \begin_layout Subsection
35518 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35521 \begin_layout Standard
35522 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35523 that can be nested.
35524 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35525 \begin_inset space ~
35529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35531 reference "sec:Nesting"
35536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35538 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35545 \begin_layout Section
35547 \begin_inset Index idx
35550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35559 \begin_layout Standard
35564 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35565 document with an external program.
35566 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35567 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35568 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35569 \begin_inset space ~
35573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35575 reference "sub:Export"
35580 You should at least see the menu entries
35587 \begin_inset space ~
35593 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35594 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35595 \begin_inset space ~
35599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35601 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35606 \begin_inset Index idx
35609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35610 Reconfiguration of LyX
35618 \begin_layout Standard
35619 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35620 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35621 \begin_inset space ~
35625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35627 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35632 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35635 \begin_layout Standard
35636 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35639 At the bottom of the
35643 menu the opened documents are listed.
35646 \begin_layout Subsection
35647 Open/Close all Insets
35650 \begin_layout Standard
35651 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35654 \begin_layout Subsection
35655 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35658 \begin_layout Standard
35659 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35662 \begin_layout Standard
35663 Math macros are described in the
35670 \begin_layout Subsection
35674 \begin_layout Standard
35675 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35677 \begin_inset space ~
35681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35683 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35690 \begin_layout Subsection
35694 \begin_layout Standard
35695 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35696 opening a new view window.
35699 \begin_layout Subsection
35703 \begin_layout Standard
35704 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35705 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35706 view the same document, but at different positions.
35707 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35708 or more documents at the same time.
35709 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35716 \begin_layout Subsection
35720 \begin_layout Standard
35721 Closes a split view.
35724 \begin_layout Subsection
35728 \begin_layout Standard
35729 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35730 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35731 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35732 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35733 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35736 \begin_layout Subsection
35738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35740 name "sub:Toolbars"
35745 \begin_inset Index idx
35748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35757 \begin_layout Standard
35758 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35759 All toolbars and the
35762 \begin_inset space ~
35767 can be turned on and off.
35772 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35784 \begin_inset space ~
35793 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35797 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35804 \begin_layout Standard
35809 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35813 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35814 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35815 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35816 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35817 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35820 \begin_layout Standard
35821 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35822 \begin_inset space ~
35826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35828 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35835 \begin_layout Section
35837 \begin_inset Index idx
35840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35849 \begin_layout Subsection
35853 \begin_layout Standard
35854 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35855 \begin_inset space ~
35859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35861 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35872 \begin_layout Subsection
35874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35876 name "sub:Special-Character"
35883 \begin_layout Standard
35884 Here you can insert the following characters:
35887 \begin_layout Description
35888 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35889 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35890 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35891 \begin_inset Newline newline
35895 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35903 Not all characters will be visible in the
35907 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35909 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35915 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35919 ) can display every character.
35927 \begin_layout Description
35928 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35932 \begin_layout Description
35934 \begin_inset space ~
35938 \begin_inset space ~
35941 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35942 \begin_inset space ~
35946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35948 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35955 \begin_layout Description
35957 \begin_inset space ~
35960 Quote Inserts this quote:
35961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35964 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35966 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35976 \begin_layout Description
35978 \begin_inset space ~
35981 Quote Inserts this quote:
35982 \begin_inset Quotes els
35988 \begin_layout Description
35990 \begin_inset space ~
35993 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35997 \begin_layout Description
35999 \begin_inset space ~
36002 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
36006 \begin_layout Description
36008 \begin_inset space ~
36011 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36015 \begin_layout Description
36017 \begin_inset space ~
36021 \begin_inset Index idx
36024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36031 \begin_inset Index idx
36034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36035 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36040 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36041 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36042 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36047 \begin_inset Index idx
36050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36051 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36057 \begin_inset Newline newline
36060 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36064 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36072 and this Wiki-page:
36073 \begin_inset Newline newline
36077 \begin_inset Flex URL
36080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36082 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36090 \begin_layout Subsection
36094 \begin_layout Standard
36095 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36098 \begin_layout Description
36099 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36100 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36106 \begin_layout Description
36107 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36108 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36114 \begin_layout Description
36116 \begin_inset space ~
36119 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36120 \begin_inset space ~
36124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36126 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36133 \begin_layout Description
36135 \begin_inset space ~
36138 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36139 \begin_inset space ~
36143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36145 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36152 \begin_layout Description
36154 \begin_inset space ~
36157 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36158 \begin_inset space ~
36162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36164 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36171 \begin_layout Description
36173 \begin_inset space ~
36176 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36177 \begin_inset space ~
36181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36183 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36190 \begin_layout Description
36192 \begin_inset space ~
36195 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36196 \begin_inset space ~
36200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36202 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36209 \begin_layout Description
36211 \begin_inset space ~
36214 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36215 \begin_inset space ~
36219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36221 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36228 \begin_layout Description
36230 \begin_inset space ~
36233 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36234 \begin_inset space ~
36238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36240 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36247 \begin_layout Description
36249 \begin_inset space ~
36252 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36253 \begin_inset space ~
36257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36259 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36266 \begin_layout Description
36268 \begin_inset space ~
36272 \begin_inset space ~
36275 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36276 \begin_inset space ~
36280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36282 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36289 \begin_layout Description
36291 \begin_inset space ~
36294 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36295 text line to the page border, see section
36296 \begin_inset space ~
36300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36302 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36309 \begin_layout Description
36311 \begin_inset space ~
36314 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36315 \begin_inset space ~
36319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36321 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36328 \begin_layout Description
36330 \begin_inset space ~
36333 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36334 text page to the page border, described in section
36335 \begin_inset space ~
36339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36341 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36348 \begin_layout Description
36350 \begin_inset space ~
36353 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36354 \begin_inset space ~
36358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36360 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36367 \begin_layout Description
36369 \begin_inset space ~
36373 \begin_inset space ~
36376 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36377 \begin_inset space ~
36381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36383 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36390 \begin_layout Subsection
36394 \begin_layout Standard
36395 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36396 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36398 \begin_inset space ~
36402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36404 reference "sec:toc"
36409 The index list is described in section
36410 \begin_inset space ~
36414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36416 reference "sec:Index"
36420 , the nomenclature in section
36421 \begin_inset space ~
36425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36427 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36431 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36432 \begin_inset space ~
36436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36438 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36445 \begin_layout Subsection
36449 \begin_layout Standard
36450 To insert floats, described in section
36451 \begin_inset space ~
36455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36457 reference "sec:Floats"
36464 \begin_layout Subsection
36468 \begin_layout Standard
36469 To insert notes, described in section
36470 \begin_inset space ~
36474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36476 reference "sec:Notes"
36483 \begin_layout Subsection
36487 \begin_layout Standard
36488 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36489 \begin_inset space ~
36493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36495 reference "sec:Branches"
36502 \begin_layout Subsection
36506 \begin_layout Standard
36507 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36508 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36510 An example is the document class
36511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36518 with three custom insets.
36521 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36527 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36530 \begin_layout Subsection
36532 \begin_inset Index idx
36535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36544 \begin_layout Standard
36545 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36546 files in your document.
36547 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36558 \begin_layout Subsection
36560 \begin_inset Index idx
36563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36572 \begin_layout Standard
36573 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36574 \begin_inset space ~
36578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36580 reference "sec:Minipages"
36585 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36596 \begin_layout Subsection
36600 \begin_layout Standard
36601 Inserts a citation as described in section
36602 \begin_inset space ~
36606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36608 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36615 \begin_layout Subsection
36619 \begin_layout Standard
36620 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36621 \begin_inset space ~
36625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36627 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36634 \begin_layout Subsection
36638 \begin_layout Standard
36639 Inserts a label as described in section
36640 \begin_inset space ~
36644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36646 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36653 \begin_layout Subsection
36655 \begin_inset Index idx
36658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36665 \begin_inset Index idx
36668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36669 Longtables ! Caption
36677 \begin_layout Standard
36678 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36679 Floats are described in section
36680 \begin_inset space ~
36684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36686 reference "sec:Floats"
36690 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36701 \begin_layout Subsection
36705 \begin_layout Standard
36706 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36707 \begin_inset space ~
36711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36713 reference "sec:Index"
36720 \begin_layout Subsection
36724 \begin_layout Standard
36725 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36726 \begin_inset space ~
36730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36732 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36739 \begin_layout Subsection
36743 \begin_layout Standard
36745 Tables are described in section
36746 \begin_inset space ~
36750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36752 reference "sec:Tables"
36759 \begin_layout Subsection
36763 \begin_layout Standard
36765 Graphics are described in section
36766 \begin_inset space ~
36770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36772 reference "sec:Graphics"
36779 \begin_layout Subsection
36783 \begin_layout Standard
36784 Inserts an URL as described in section
36785 \begin_inset space ~
36789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36791 reference "sub:URLs"
36798 \begin_layout Subsection
36802 \begin_layout Standard
36803 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36804 \begin_inset space ~
36808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36810 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36817 \begin_layout Subsection
36821 \begin_layout Standard
36822 Inserts a footnote, see section
36823 \begin_inset space ~
36827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36829 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36836 \begin_layout Subsection
36840 \begin_layout Standard
36841 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36842 \begin_inset space ~
36846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36848 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36855 \begin_layout Subsection
36859 \begin_layout Standard
36860 Inserts a short title, see section
36861 \begin_inset space ~
36865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36867 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36874 \begin_layout Subsection
36878 \begin_layout Standard
36879 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36880 \begin_inset space ~
36884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36886 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36893 \begin_layout Subsection
36895 \begin_inset Index idx
36898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36907 \begin_layout Standard
36908 Inserts a program listings box.
36909 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36911 Program Code Listings
36920 \begin_layout Subsection
36924 \begin_layout Standard
36925 Inserts the actual date.
36926 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36928 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36940 \begin_layout Section
36942 \begin_inset Index idx
36945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36954 \begin_layout Standard
36955 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36956 \begin_inset space ~
36959 of the current document.
36960 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36963 \begin_layout Subsection
36967 \begin_layout Standard
36968 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36969 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36971 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36975 \begin_inset space \space{}
36979 \begin_inset space ~
36983 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36984 \begin_inset space ~
36987 2.5 and use the menu
36990 \begin_inset space ~
36994 \begin_inset space ~
37001 \begin_inset space ~
37007 \begin_inset space ~
37011 \begin_inset space ~
37017 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
37021 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
37027 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37033 \begin_layout Standard
37034 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37035 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37038 \begin_layout Subsection
37039 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37042 \begin_layout Standard
37043 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37047 \begin_layout Subsection
37051 \begin_layout Standard
37052 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37053 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37054 on a cross-reference box.
37057 \begin_layout Section
37059 \begin_inset Index idx
37062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37071 \begin_layout Subsection
37075 \begin_layout Standard
37076 Change Tracking is described in section
37077 \begin_inset space ~
37081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37083 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37090 \begin_layout Subsection
37095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37105 \begin_layout Standard
37106 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37108 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37111 \begin_layout Standard
37112 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37117 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37120 \begin_layout Subsection
37124 \begin_layout Standard
37125 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37126 \begin_inset space ~
37130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37132 reference "sec:Navigating"
37137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37139 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37146 \begin_layout Subsection
37147 Start Appendix Here
37150 \begin_layout Standard
37151 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37152 position as described in section
37153 \begin_inset space ~
37157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37159 reference "sec:Appendices"
37166 \begin_layout Subsection
37170 \begin_layout Standard
37171 Un/compresses the current document.
37174 \begin_layout Subsection
37178 \begin_layout Standard
37179 The document settings are described in appendix
37180 \begin_inset space ~
37184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37186 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37193 \begin_layout Section
37195 \begin_inset Index idx
37198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37207 \begin_layout Subsection
37211 \begin_layout Standard
37212 Spell checking is explained in section
37213 \begin_inset space ~
37217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37219 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37226 \begin_layout Subsection
37230 \begin_layout Standard
37231 The thesaurus is described in section
37232 \begin_inset space ~
37236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37238 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37245 \begin_layout Subsection
37247 \begin_inset Index idx
37250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37257 \begin_inset Index idx
37260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37269 \begin_layout Standard
37270 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37271 highlighted document part.
37274 \begin_layout Subsection
37276 \begin_inset Index idx
37279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37288 \begin_layout Standard
37289 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37292 \begin_layout Subsection
37294 \begin_inset Index idx
37297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37298 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37309 Reconfiguration of LyX
37313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37326 \begin_inset Index idx
37329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37330 Reconfiguration of LyX
37338 \begin_layout Standard
37339 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37340 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37341 \begin_inset space ~
37345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37347 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37354 \begin_layout Subsection
37358 \begin_layout Standard
37359 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37366 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37373 \begin_layout Section
37375 \begin_inset Index idx
37378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37387 \begin_layout Standard
37388 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37392 \begin_layout Standard
37396 \begin_inset space ~
37401 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37402 found by LyX (see also section
37403 \begin_inset space ~
37407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37409 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37416 \begin_layout Section
37418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37420 name "sec:Toolbars"
37427 \begin_layout Standard
37428 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37429 \begin_inset space ~
37433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37435 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37442 \begin_layout Standard
37443 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37444 This is described in the
37446 Additional Features
37451 \begin_layout Subsection
37453 \begin_inset Index idx
37456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37465 \begin_layout Standard
37466 \begin_inset Graphics
37467 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37475 \begin_layout Standard
37476 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37482 \begin_layout Standard
37483 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37500 \begin_inset Note Note
37503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37504 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37509 manual for more information.
37517 \begin_layout Standard
37518 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37524 \begin_layout Standard
37525 \begin_inset Tabular
37526 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37527 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37528 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37529 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37535 \begin_inset Graphics
37536 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37550 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37563 \begin_layout Standard
37564 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37570 \begin_layout Standard
37572 \begin_inset Tabular
37573 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37574 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37575 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37576 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37584 \begin_inset Graphics
37585 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37586 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37601 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37613 \begin_inset Graphics
37614 filename ../images/file-open.png
37615 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37630 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37642 \begin_inset Graphics
37643 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37659 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37666 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37671 \begin_inset Graphics
37672 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37673 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37688 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37695 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37700 \begin_inset Graphics
37701 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37702 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37717 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37729 \begin_inset Graphics
37730 filename ../images/undo.png
37731 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37746 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37753 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37758 \begin_inset Graphics
37759 filename ../images/redo.png
37760 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37775 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37787 \begin_inset Graphics
37788 filename ../images/cut.png
37789 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37804 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37816 \begin_inset Graphics
37817 filename ../images/copy.png
37818 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37833 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37845 \begin_inset Graphics
37846 filename ../images/paste.png
37847 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37862 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37869 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37874 \begin_inset Graphics
37875 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37876 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37877 rotateOrigin center
37886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37892 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37894 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37898 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37907 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37912 \begin_inset Graphics
37913 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37914 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37915 rotateOrigin center
37924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37930 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37931 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37938 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37943 \begin_inset Graphics
37944 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37945 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37960 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37962 \begin_inset space ~
37973 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37978 \begin_inset Graphics
37979 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37980 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37993 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37995 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37997 \begin_inset space ~
38008 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38013 \begin_inset Graphics
38014 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38015 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38028 Formats text using the current settings in the
38030 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38032 \begin_inset space ~
38043 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38048 \begin_inset Graphics
38049 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38050 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38066 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38068 \begin_inset space ~
38077 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38082 \begin_inset Graphics
38083 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38084 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38085 rotateOrigin center
38094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38112 \begin_inset Graphics
38113 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38114 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38115 rotateOrigin center
38124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38137 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38142 \begin_inset Graphics
38143 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38144 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38145 rotateOrigin center
38154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38158 Toggle outline window on/off,
38160 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38167 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38172 \begin_inset Graphics
38173 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38174 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38175 rotateOrigin center
38184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38188 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38194 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38199 \begin_inset Graphics
38200 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38201 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38202 rotateOrigin center
38211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38215 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38228 \begin_layout Subsection
38230 \begin_inset Index idx
38233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38242 \begin_layout Standard
38243 \begin_inset Graphics
38244 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38252 \begin_layout Standard
38253 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38259 \begin_layout Standard
38260 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38264 \begin_layout Standard
38265 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38271 \begin_layout Standard
38272 \begin_inset Tabular
38273 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38274 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38275 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38276 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38282 \begin_inset Graphics
38283 filename ../images/layout.png
38284 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38285 rotateOrigin center
38294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38304 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38309 \begin_inset Graphics
38310 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38311 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38312 rotateOrigin center
38321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38331 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38336 \begin_inset Graphics
38337 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38338 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38339 rotateOrigin center
38348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38363 \begin_inset Graphics
38364 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38366 rotateOrigin center
38375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38390 \begin_inset Graphics
38391 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38392 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38393 rotateOrigin center
38402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38417 \begin_inset Graphics
38418 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38419 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38420 rotateOrigin center
38429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38435 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38437 \begin_inset space ~
38441 \begin_inset space ~
38450 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38455 \begin_inset Graphics
38456 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38457 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38458 rotateOrigin center
38467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38473 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38475 \begin_inset space ~
38479 \begin_inset space ~
38488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38493 \begin_inset Graphics
38494 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38511 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38523 \begin_inset Graphics
38524 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38525 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38540 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38541 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38553 \begin_inset Graphics
38554 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38555 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38582 \begin_inset Graphics
38583 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38606 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38611 \begin_inset Graphics
38612 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38628 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38635 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38640 \begin_inset Graphics
38641 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38642 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38657 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38659 \begin_inset space ~
38668 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38673 \begin_inset Graphics
38674 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38675 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38690 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38692 \begin_inset space ~
38701 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38706 \begin_inset Graphics
38707 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38708 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38723 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38730 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38735 \begin_inset Graphics
38736 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38737 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38738 rotateOrigin center
38747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38755 \begin_inset space ~
38764 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38769 \begin_inset Graphics
38770 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38771 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38787 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38789 \begin_inset space ~
38798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38803 \begin_inset Graphics
38804 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38805 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38827 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38832 \begin_inset Graphics
38833 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38834 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38849 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38856 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38861 \begin_inset Graphics
38862 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38863 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38878 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38900 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38905 \begin_inset Graphics
38906 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38907 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38923 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38935 \begin_inset Graphics
38936 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38937 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38952 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38953 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38955 \begin_inset space ~
38964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38969 \begin_inset Graphics
38970 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38971 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38972 rotateOrigin center
38981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38987 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38989 \begin_inset space ~
38998 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39003 \begin_inset Graphics
39004 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39005 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39006 rotateOrigin center
39015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39021 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39023 \begin_inset space ~
39032 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39037 \begin_inset Graphics
39038 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39039 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39040 rotateOrigin center
39049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39055 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39069 \begin_layout Subsection
39070 View / Update Toolbar
39071 \begin_inset Index idx
39074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39075 Toolbar ! View / Update
39083 \begin_layout Standard
39084 \begin_inset Graphics
39085 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39092 \begin_layout Standard
39093 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39099 \begin_layout Standard
39100 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39104 \begin_layout Standard
39105 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39111 \begin_layout Standard
39112 \begin_inset Tabular
39113 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39114 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39115 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39116 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39117 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39122 \begin_inset Graphics
39123 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39124 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39125 rotateOrigin center
39134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39140 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39147 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39152 \begin_inset Graphics
39153 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39154 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39155 rotateOrigin center
39164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39170 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39171 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39178 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39183 \begin_inset Graphics
39184 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39185 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39186 rotateOrigin center
39195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39201 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39208 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39213 \begin_inset Graphics
39214 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39215 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39216 rotateOrigin center
39225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39231 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39232 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39239 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39244 \begin_inset Graphics
39245 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39247 rotateOrigin center
39256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39262 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39274 \begin_inset Graphics
39275 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39277 rotateOrigin center
39286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39292 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39293 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39307 \begin_layout Subsection
39311 \begin_layout Standard
39312 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39313 \begin_inset space ~
39317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39319 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39323 , the table toolbar
39324 \begin_inset Index idx
39327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39337 manual, the math macro toolbar
39338 \begin_inset Index idx
39341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39354 \begin_layout Chapter
39355 The Document Settings
39356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39358 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39363 \begin_inset Index idx
39366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39367 Document ! Settings
39375 \begin_layout Standard
39376 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39377 whole document and is called with the menu
39379 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39383 You can save your document settings as default with th
39385 e Save as Document Defaults
39387 button in the dialog.
39388 This will create a template name
39396 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39400 \begin_layout Standard
39401 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39404 \begin_layout Section
39408 \begin_layout Standard
39409 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39411 Document classes are described in section
39412 \begin_inset space ~
39416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39418 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39423 Some classes use some class options by default.
39424 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39428 and you can decide to use them or not.
39429 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39430 recommended not to touch them.
39431 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39437 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39438 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39444 When you want one of the following drivers
39445 \begin_inset Newline newline
39448 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39449 \begin_inset Newline newline
39452 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39457 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39459 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39471 \begin_layout Standard
39472 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39473 child or subdocument.
39474 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39475 without its master.
39476 This way child documents are always compilable.
39477 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39488 \begin_layout Section
39492 \begin_layout Standard
39493 Modules are explained in section
39494 \begin_inset space ~
39498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39500 reference "sub:Modules"
39507 \begin_layout Section
39511 \begin_layout Standard
39512 The document font settings are described in section
39513 \begin_inset space ~
39517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39519 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39526 \begin_layout Section
39530 \begin_layout Standard
39531 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39533 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39537 \begin_layout Standard
39538 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39539 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39540 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39543 \begin_layout Standard
39544 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39552 \begin_layout Section
39556 \begin_layout Standard
39557 A description of this menu is given in section
39558 \begin_inset space ~
39562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39564 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39571 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39578 \begin_layout Section
39582 \begin_layout Standard
39583 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39584 \begin_inset space ~
39588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39590 reference "sub:Margins"
39597 \begin_layout Section
39599 \begin_inset Index idx
39602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39603 Language ! Encoding
39611 \begin_layout Standard
39612 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39613 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39614 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39615 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39616 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39617 known for a particular character).
39621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39622 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39623 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39628 manual for details.
39636 \begin_layout Standard
39637 If you use the option
39641 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39642 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39643 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39644 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39645 exactly one encoding.
39646 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39655 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39656 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39658 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39659 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39673 \begin_layout Standard
39674 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39675 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39676 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39677 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39678 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39679 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39684 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39685 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39686 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39689 \begin_layout Standard
39690 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39693 \begin_layout Description
39695 \begin_inset space ~
39699 \begin_inset space ~
39703 \begin_inset space ~
39710 , but the LaTeX-package
39715 \begin_inset Index idx
39718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39719 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39725 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39726 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39727 languages in TeX code.
39730 \begin_layout Description
39731 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39732 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39733 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39736 \begin_layout Description
39738 \begin_inset space ~
39742 \begin_inset space ~
39745 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39748 \begin_layout Description
39750 \begin_inset space ~
39754 \begin_inset space ~
39757 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39760 \begin_layout Description
39762 \begin_inset space ~
39765 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39768 \begin_layout Description
39770 \begin_inset space ~
39774 \begin_inset space ~
39777 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39778 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39781 \begin_layout Description
39783 \begin_inset space ~
39787 \begin_inset space ~
39790 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39794 \begin_layout Description
39796 \begin_inset space ~
39800 \begin_inset space ~
39803 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39804 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39807 \begin_layout Description
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39813 \begin_inset space ~
39817 \begin_inset space ~
39820 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39821 \begin_inset space ~
39827 \begin_layout Description
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39833 \begin_inset space ~
39837 \begin_inset space ~
39840 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39841 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39844 \begin_layout Description
39846 \begin_inset space ~
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39853 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39854 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39855 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39856 \begin_inset space ~
39860 \begin_inset space ~
39866 \begin_layout Description
39868 \begin_inset space ~
39872 \begin_inset space ~
39875 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39876 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39877 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39878 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39879 \begin_inset space ~
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39889 \begin_layout Description
39891 \begin_inset space ~
39895 \begin_inset space ~
39898 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39901 \begin_layout Description
39903 \begin_inset space ~
39907 \begin_inset space ~
39910 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39913 \begin_layout Description
39915 \begin_inset space ~
39919 \begin_inset space ~
39922 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39925 \begin_layout Description
39927 \begin_inset space ~
39930 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39933 \begin_layout Description
39935 \begin_inset space ~
39938 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39941 \begin_layout Description
39943 \begin_inset space ~
39947 \begin_inset space ~
39950 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39953 \begin_layout Description
39955 \begin_inset space ~
39959 \begin_inset space ~
39965 \begin_layout Description
39967 \begin_inset space ~
39971 \begin_inset space ~
39974 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39977 \begin_layout Description
39979 \begin_inset space ~
39983 \begin_inset space ~
39989 \begin_layout Description
39991 \begin_inset space ~
39995 \begin_inset space ~
39998 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40003 \begin_inset Index idx
40006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40007 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40012 , when using this, set the document language to
40017 \begin_layout Description
40019 \begin_inset space ~
40023 \begin_inset space ~
40026 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40030 , when using this, set the document language to
40035 \begin_layout Description
40037 \begin_inset space ~
40041 \begin_inset space ~
40044 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40049 \begin_inset Index idx
40052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40053 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40058 , when using this, set the document language to
40063 \begin_layout Description
40065 \begin_inset space ~
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40072 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40076 , when using this, set the document language to
40081 \begin_layout Description
40083 \begin_inset space ~
40087 \begin_inset space ~
40090 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40094 , when using this, set the document language to
40099 \begin_layout Description
40101 \begin_inset space ~
40104 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40107 \begin_layout Description
40109 \begin_inset space ~
40113 \begin_inset space ~
40117 \begin_inset space ~
40120 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40123 \begin_layout Description
40125 \begin_inset space ~
40129 \begin_inset space ~
40133 \begin_inset space ~
40136 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40137 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40138 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40141 \begin_layout Description
40143 \begin_inset space ~
40147 \begin_inset space ~
40153 \begin_layout Description
40155 \begin_inset space ~
40159 \begin_inset space ~
40162 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40163 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40166 \begin_layout Description
40168 \begin_inset space ~
40172 \begin_inset space ~
40175 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40180 \begin_inset Index idx
40183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40184 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40189 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40192 \begin_layout Description
40194 \begin_inset space ~
40198 \begin_inset space ~
40201 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40205 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40214 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40215 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40229 \begin_layout Description
40231 \begin_inset space ~
40235 \begin_inset space ~
40238 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40243 \begin_inset Index idx
40246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40247 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40252 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40255 \begin_layout Description
40257 \begin_inset space ~
40260 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40265 \begin_inset Index idx
40268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40269 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40275 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40279 \begin_layout Description
40281 \begin_inset space ~
40285 \begin_inset space ~
40289 \begin_inset space ~
40292 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40293 \begin_inset space ~
40299 \begin_layout Description
40301 \begin_inset space ~
40305 \begin_inset space ~
40309 \begin_inset space ~
40312 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40313 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40314 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40318 \begin_layout Description
40320 \begin_inset space ~
40324 \begin_inset space ~
40328 \begin_inset space ~
40331 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40332 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40335 \begin_layout Section
40339 \begin_layout Standard
40340 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40341 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40342 \begin_inset space ~
40346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40348 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40355 \begin_layout Section
40359 \begin_layout Standard
40360 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40365 \begin_inset Index idx
40368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40369 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40379 \begin_inset Index idx
40382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40383 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40388 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40393 \begin_inset Index idx
40396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40397 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40402 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40404 For a further description see section
40405 \begin_inset space ~
40409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40411 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40418 \begin_layout Section
40422 \begin_layout Standard
40423 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40424 and you can define additional indexes.
40425 Please refer to section
40426 \begin_inset space ~
40430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40432 reference "sec:Index"
40439 \begin_layout Section
40443 \begin_layout Standard
40444 The PDF properties are explained in section
40445 \begin_inset space ~
40449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40451 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40458 \begin_layout Section
40462 \begin_layout Standard
40463 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40468 \begin_inset Index idx
40471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40472 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40482 \begin_inset Index idx
40485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40486 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40491 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40494 \begin_layout Standard
40499 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40500 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40503 \begin_layout Standard
40508 is used for special integral characters.
40511 \begin_layout Section
40515 \begin_layout Standard
40516 The float placement options are described in section
40517 \begin_inset space ~
40521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40523 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40530 \begin_layout Section
40534 \begin_layout Standard
40535 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40536 The itemize environment is described in section
40537 \begin_inset space ~
40541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40543 reference "sec:Itemize"
40550 \begin_layout Section
40554 \begin_layout Standard
40555 Branches are described in section
40556 \begin_inset space ~
40560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40562 reference "sec:Branches"
40569 \begin_layout Section
40574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40584 \begin_layout Standard
40585 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40586 to define LaTeX-commands.
40587 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40588 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40592 \begin_layout Standard
40593 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40594 \begin_inset space ~
40598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40600 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40607 \begin_layout Chapter
40613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40615 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40620 \begin_inset Index idx
40623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40632 \begin_layout Standard
40633 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40635 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40639 It has the following submenus.
40642 \begin_layout Section
40646 \begin_layout Subsection
40650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40651 User Interface File
40652 \begin_inset Index idx
40655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40656 Customization ! of toolbars
40662 \begin_inset Index idx
40665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40666 Customization ! of menus
40674 \begin_layout Standard
40675 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40683 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40692 \begin_layout Standard
40693 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40694 interface (ui) file.
40695 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40696 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40705 Both files are loaded by the
40710 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40711 files and edit the entries.
40714 \begin_layout Standard
40715 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40727 entries must be ended with an explicit
40752 and in the case of the
40753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40765 The syntax for the entries is:
40768 \begin_layout Standard
40769 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40797 \begin_layout Standard
40799 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40802 All LyX-functions are listed in
40803 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40812 \begin_layout Standard
40813 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40819 \begin_layout Standard
40820 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40822 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40825 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40829 \begin_layout Standard
40830 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40854 \begin_layout Standard
40856 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40859 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40862 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40866 \begin_layout Standard
40869 Enable tool tips in main work area
40871 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40875 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40879 \begin_layout Standard
40883 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40890 restoring of window layout and geometries
40892 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40893 in the last LyX session.
40896 \begin_layout Standard
40899 Restore cursor positions
40901 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40905 \begin_layout Standard
40908 Load opened files from last session
40910 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40913 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40917 name "sub:Backup documents"
40922 \begin_inset Index idx
40925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40934 \begin_layout Standard
40939 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40942 \begin_layout Standard
40947 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40950 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40952 \begin_inset space ~
40960 \begin_layout Standard
40963 Open documents in tabs
40965 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40969 \begin_layout Subsection
40971 \begin_inset Index idx
40974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40983 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40990 \begin_layout Standard
40991 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40994 \begin_layout Standard
40995 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41003 This section only deals with the fonts
41008 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
41011 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41012 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41023 \begin_layout Standard
41024 By default, LyX uses
41028 as roman (serif) font,
41036 (depends on the system) as
41039 \begin_inset space ~
41055 \begin_layout Standard
41056 You can change the font size with the
41061 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41062 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41065 \begin_layout Standard
41070 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41071 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41076 points have the size of 1
41077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41081 \begin_inset space ~
41085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41087 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41094 \begin_layout Standard
41099 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41104 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41105 \begin_inset space ~
41109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41111 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41118 \begin_layout Standard
41121 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41123 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41124 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41125 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41126 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41128 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41129 \begin_inset space ~
41135 \begin_layout Subsection
41137 \begin_inset Index idx
41140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41147 \begin_inset Index idx
41150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41159 \begin_layout Standard
41160 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41161 Choose an item in the list and use the
41168 \begin_layout Subsection
41170 \begin_inset Index idx
41173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41182 \begin_layout Standard
41183 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41186 \begin_layout Standard
41191 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41192 This feature is described in section
41193 \begin_inset space ~
41197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41199 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41206 \begin_layout Standard
41210 \begin_inset space ~
41214 \begin_inset space ~
41218 \begin_inset space ~
41223 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41226 \begin_layout Section
41228 \begin_inset Index idx
41231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41240 \begin_layout Subsection
41244 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41248 \begin_layout Standard
41251 Cursor follows scrollbar
41253 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41257 \begin_layout Standard
41260 Sort environments alphabetically
41262 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41265 \begin_layout Standard
41268 Group environments by their category
41270 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41273 \begin_layout Standard
41274 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41286 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41290 \begin_layout Standard
41291 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41296 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41297 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41301 \begin_layout Subsection
41303 \begin_inset Index idx
41306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41313 \begin_inset Index idx
41316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41317 Settings ! Shortcuts
41325 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41329 \begin_layout Standard
41330 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41331 Several binding files are available:
41334 \begin_layout Description
41335 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41338 \begin_layout Description
41339 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41350 \begin_layout Description
41351 mac.bind set of bindings for
41354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41362 \begin_layout Standard
41363 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41367 , and bind files for special languages.
41368 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41373 \begin_inset space \space{}
41377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41385 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41389 \begin_layout Standard
41390 Some bind-files, like
41394 , have only a small scope.
41395 When looking at the the end of the file
41399 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41402 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41406 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41411 \begin_inset Index idx
41414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41415 Key Bindings ! Editing
41423 \begin_layout Standard
41424 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41425 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41426 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41429 Show key-bindings containing
41432 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41433 Insert there for example as keyword
41434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41441 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41451 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41452 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41456 that you will find in the
41463 \begin_layout Standard
41465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41469 \begin_inset space \space{}
41480 , select the function and press the
41485 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41486 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41487 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41488 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41489 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41491 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41493 The binding for the function
41497 is an example of this.
41500 \begin_layout Standard
41501 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41503 The syntax of the entries is:
41506 \begin_layout Standard
41512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41530 \begin_layout Subsection
41532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41542 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41547 \begin_inset Index idx
41550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41557 \begin_inset Index idx
41560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41561 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41569 \begin_layout Standard
41570 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41571 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41577 \begin_inset space \space{}
41580 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41581 can use the keyboard map file named
41588 \begin_layout Standard
41589 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41597 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41605 \begin_layout Standard
41606 Besides this, you can specify here the
41608 Wheel scrolling speed
41611 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41615 \begin_layout Subsection
41617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41619 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41624 \begin_inset Index idx
41627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41636 \begin_layout Standard
41637 Input completion is described in sec.
41638 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41644 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41649 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41651 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41652 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41656 \begin_layout Section
41658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41665 \begin_inset Index idx
41668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41675 \begin_inset Index idx
41678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41687 \begin_layout Description
41689 \begin_inset space ~
41692 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41693 It is the default when you
41704 \begin_inset space ~
41712 \begin_layout Description
41714 \begin_inset space ~
41717 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41719 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41721 \begin_inset space ~
41725 \begin_inset space ~
41733 \begin_layout Description
41735 \begin_inset space ~
41738 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41744 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41748 \begin_inset Newline newline
41752 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41764 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41772 \begin_layout Description
41774 \begin_inset space ~
41778 \begin_inset Index idx
41781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41787 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41788 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41789 \begin_inset space ~
41793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41795 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41803 will be used to save the backups.
41804 \begin_inset Newline newline
41807 The backup files have the ending
41808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41818 \begin_layout Description
41823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41830 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41831 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41832 \begin_inset Newline newline
41836 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41844 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41852 \begin_layout Description
41854 \begin_inset space ~
41857 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41860 \begin_layout Description
41862 \begin_inset space ~
41865 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41866 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41867 to find it on the system.
41868 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41869 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41875 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41878 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41879 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41883 \begin_layout Section
41887 \begin_layout Standard
41888 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41889 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41891 \begin_inset space ~
41895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41897 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41901 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41904 \begin_layout Section
41906 \begin_inset Index idx
41909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41910 Language ! Settings
41916 \begin_inset Index idx
41919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41920 Settings ! Language
41928 \begin_layout Subsection
41932 \begin_layout Description
41934 \begin_inset space ~
41938 \begin_inset space ~
41941 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41942 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41943 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41944 You find the actual translation status here:
41945 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41947 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41948 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41955 \begin_layout Description
41957 \begin_inset space ~
41960 language is the language used in new documents
41963 \begin_layout Description
41965 \begin_inset space ~
41968 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41970 The default is the LaTeX-command
41976 that loads the package
41984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41985 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41986 \begin_inset space ~
41990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41992 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
42002 \begin_inset Newline newline
42009 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
42010 to the document language.
42011 A text label is, for instance, the word
42012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42019 at the beginning of every table caption.
42022 \begin_layout Description
42024 \begin_inset space ~
42027 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
42028 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
42029 An example is the start command
42035 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42040 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42055 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42060 \begin_layout Description
42062 \begin_inset space ~
42070 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42071 command toggles the package on and off.
42074 \begin_layout Description
42076 \begin_inset space ~
42086 \begin_layout Description
42087 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42088 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42089 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42090 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42097 \begin_layout Description
42099 \begin_inset space ~
42102 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42104 When this option is not set, the
42107 \begin_inset space ~
42112 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42113 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42116 \begin_inset space ~
42124 \begin_layout Description
42126 \begin_inset space ~
42132 \begin_inset space ~
42138 When it is not set, the
42141 \begin_inset space ~
42146 is set to the end of the document.
42149 \begin_layout Description
42151 \begin_inset space ~
42155 \begin_inset space ~
42158 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42159 language will be underlined blue.
42162 \begin_layout Description
42164 \begin_inset space ~
42168 \begin_inset space ~
42171 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42172 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42175 \begin_layout Description
42177 \begin_inset space ~
42180 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42181 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42182 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42183 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42186 \begin_layout Subsection
42190 \begin_layout Standard
42191 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42192 \begin_inset space ~
42196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42198 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42205 \begin_layout Section
42209 \begin_layout Subsection
42211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42218 \begin_inset Index idx
42221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42228 \begin_inset Index idx
42231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42240 \begin_layout Description
42242 \begin_inset space ~
42245 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42246 The name will be used when the
42251 \begin_inset Newline newline
42255 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42263 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42271 \begin_layout Description
42273 \begin_inset space ~
42277 \begin_inset space ~
42281 \begin_inset space ~
42284 printer This option works only for the
42289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42301 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42302 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42305 \begin_layout Description
42307 \begin_inset space ~
42310 command is the command LyX
42311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42318 LaTeX uses for printing.
42319 The default is on most systems
42326 \begin_layout Description
42328 \begin_inset space ~
42332 \begin_inset space ~
42335 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42336 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42337 of the program that provides the
42344 \begin_layout Subsection
42346 \begin_inset Index idx
42349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42356 \begin_inset Index idx
42359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42360 Settings ! Date format
42368 \begin_layout Standard
42369 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42370 \begin_inset Newline newline
42374 \begin_inset Flex URL
42377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42379 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42385 \begin_inset Newline newline
42388 For example the format
42389 \begin_inset Newline newline
42393 \begin_inset Newline newline
42396 prints the date as day/month/year.
42399 \begin_layout Subsection
42403 \begin_layout Description
42405 \begin_inset space ~
42409 \begin_inset space ~
42412 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42415 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42416 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42418 \begin_inset space ~
42424 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42428 \begin_layout Description
42430 \begin_inset space ~
42433 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42438 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42439 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42442 \begin_layout Subsection
42447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42457 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42462 \begin_inset Index idx
42465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42474 \begin_layout Description
42479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42487 \begin_inset space ~
42490 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42495 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42517 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42530 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42531 LyX sets up in the background.
42532 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42535 \begin_layout Description
42537 \begin_inset space ~
42541 \begin_inset space ~
42544 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42549 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42552 \begin_layout Standard
42553 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42554 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42555 manuals of the applications.
42556 Currently the following commands can be set:
42559 \begin_layout Description
42564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42572 \begin_inset space ~
42575 command Command for the program
42579 that is described in the section
42585 Additional Features
42590 \begin_layout Description
42595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42603 \begin_inset space ~
42606 command Command for the program
42610 that generates the bibliography, see section
42611 \begin_inset space ~
42615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42617 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42624 \begin_layout Description
42626 \begin_inset space ~
42629 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42630 \begin_inset space ~
42634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42636 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42643 \begin_layout Description
42645 \begin_inset space ~
42648 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42649 \begin_inset space ~
42653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42655 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42662 \begin_layout Description
42664 \begin_inset space ~
42668 \begin_inset space ~
42672 \begin_inset space ~
42676 \begin_inset space ~
42679 options They only have an effect when the program
42683 is used as DVI-viewer.
42686 \begin_layout Standard
42687 There are additionally the following options:
42690 \begin_layout Description
42692 \begin_inset space ~
42696 \begin_inset space ~
42700 \begin_inset space ~
42704 \begin_inset space ~
42708 \begin_inset space ~
42711 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42729 to separate folders.
42730 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42731 \begin_inset Index idx
42734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42741 \begin_inset Index idx
42744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42753 \begin_layout Description
42755 \begin_inset space ~
42759 \begin_inset space ~
42763 \begin_inset space ~
42767 \begin_inset space ~
42771 \begin_inset space ~
42775 \begin_inset space ~
42778 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42780 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42783 dialog when changing the document class.
42786 \begin_layout Section
42788 \begin_inset space ~
42792 \begin_inset Index idx
42795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42804 \begin_layout Subsection
42806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42808 name "sub:Converters"
42813 \begin_inset Index idx
42816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42825 \begin_layout Standard
42826 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42827 from one format to another.
42828 You can modify them or create new ones.
42829 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42836 \begin_inset space ~
42846 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42850 \begin_inset space ~
42855 drop-down list, modify the
42859 field, and press the
42866 \begin_layout Standard
42869 Converter File Cache
42871 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42874 Maximum Age (in days
42877 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42878 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42881 \begin_layout Standard
42882 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42883 the converter definition, is described in the section
42894 \begin_layout Subsection
42896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42898 name "sec:File-Formats"
42903 \begin_inset Index idx
42906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42913 \begin_inset Index idx
42916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42925 \begin_layout Standard
42926 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42927 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42931 \begin_layout Standard
42932 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42933 is described in the section
42944 \begin_layout Standard
42945 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42946 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42947 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42948 This is done by specifying a
42953 More about this is described in the section
42964 \begin_layout Chapter
42965 Units available in LyX
42966 \begin_inset Index idx
42969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42978 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42985 \begin_layout Standard
42986 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42989 reference "cap:Units"
42993 explains all units available in LyX.
42996 \begin_layout Standard
42997 \begin_inset Float table
43003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43004 \begin_inset Caption
43006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43022 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43030 \begin_inset Tabular
43031 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
43032 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
43033 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43034 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43130 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43162 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43185 scaled point (65536
43186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43246 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43301 % of original image width
43308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43515 \begin_layout Chapter
43517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43526 \begin_layout Standard
43527 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43528 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43531 \begin_layout Itemize
43534 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43537 \begin_layout Itemize
43543 \begin_layout Itemize
43549 \begin_layout Itemize
43555 \begin_layout Itemize
43561 \begin_layout Itemize
43567 \begin_layout Itemize
43573 \begin_layout Itemize
43579 \begin_layout Itemize
43582 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43585 \begin_layout Itemize
43591 \begin_layout Itemize
43597 \begin_layout Itemize
43603 \begin_layout Itemize
43609 \begin_layout Itemize
43615 \begin_layout Itemize
43621 \begin_layout Itemize
43627 \begin_layout Itemize
43633 \begin_layout Itemize
43635 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43644 \begin_layout Standard
43645 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43648 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43655 \begin_layout Bibliography
43656 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43657 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43658 LatexCommand bibitem
43665 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43668 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43673 \begin_inset Newline newline
43677 \begin_inset Flex URL
43680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43682 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43690 \begin_layout Bibliography
43691 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43692 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43693 LatexCommand bibitem
43694 key "latexcompanion"
43698 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43700 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43703 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43706 \begin_layout Bibliography
43707 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43708 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43709 LatexCommand bibitem
43714 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43717 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43720 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43723 \begin_layout Bibliography
43724 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43725 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43726 LatexCommand bibitem
43733 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43736 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43739 \begin_layout Bibliography
43740 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43741 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43742 LatexCommand bibitem
43754 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43757 \begin_layout Bibliography
43758 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43759 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43760 LatexCommand bibitem
43766 \begin_inset Newline newline
43770 \begin_inset Flex URL
43773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43775 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43783 \begin_layout Bibliography
43784 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43785 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43786 LatexCommand bibitem
43792 \begin_inset Newline newline
43796 \begin_inset Flex URL
43799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43801 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43809 \begin_layout Bibliography
43810 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43811 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43812 LatexCommand bibitem
43818 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43820 name "Documentation"
43821 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43830 \begin_inset Newline newline
43834 \begin_inset Flex URL
43837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43839 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43847 \begin_layout Bibliography
43848 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43849 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43850 LatexCommand bibitem
43856 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43858 name "Documentation"
43859 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43863 how to use the program
43868 \begin_inset Newline newline
43872 \begin_inset Flex URL
43875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43877 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43885 \begin_layout Bibliography
43886 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43887 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43888 LatexCommand bibitem
43894 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43896 name "Documentation"
43897 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43906 \begin_inset Newline newline
43910 \begin_inset Flex URL
43913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43915 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43923 \begin_layout Bibliography
43924 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43925 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43926 LatexCommand bibitem
43932 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43934 name "Documentation"
43935 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43944 \begin_inset Newline newline
43948 \begin_inset Flex URL
43951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43953 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43961 \begin_layout Bibliography
43962 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43963 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43964 LatexCommand bibitem
43970 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43972 name "Documentation"
43973 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43977 of the LaTeX-package
43982 \begin_inset Index idx
43985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43986 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43992 \begin_inset Newline newline
43996 \begin_inset Flex URL
43999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44001 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
44009 \begin_layout Bibliography
44010 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44011 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44012 LatexCommand bibitem
44018 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44020 name "Documentation"
44021 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
44025 of the LaTeX-package
44030 \begin_inset Index idx
44033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44034 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44040 \begin_inset Newline newline
44044 \begin_inset Flex URL
44047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44049 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44057 \begin_layout Bibliography
44058 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44059 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44060 LatexCommand bibitem
44068 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44070 name "Documentation"
44071 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44077 of the LaTeX-package
44082 \begin_inset Index idx
44085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44086 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44092 \begin_inset Newline newline
44096 \begin_inset Flex URL
44099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44101 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44109 \begin_layout Bibliography
44110 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44111 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44112 LatexCommand bibitem
44118 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44120 name "Documentation"
44121 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44125 of the LaTeX-package
44130 \begin_inset Index idx
44133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44134 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44140 \begin_inset Newline newline
44144 \begin_inset Flex URL
44147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44149 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44157 \begin_layout Bibliography
44158 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44159 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44160 LatexCommand bibitem
44166 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44168 name "Documentation"
44169 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44173 of the LaTeX-package
44178 \begin_inset Index idx
44181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44182 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44188 \begin_inset Newline newline
44192 \begin_inset Flex URL
44195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44197 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44205 \begin_layout Bibliography
44206 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44207 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44208 LatexCommand bibitem
44214 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44216 name "Documentation"
44217 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44221 of the LaTeX-package
44226 \begin_inset Index idx
44229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44230 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44236 \begin_inset Newline newline
44240 \begin_inset Flex URL
44243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44245 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44253 \begin_layout Bibliography
44254 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44255 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44256 LatexCommand bibitem
44262 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44265 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44269 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44270 \begin_inset Newline newline
44274 \begin_inset Flex URL
44277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44279 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44287 \begin_layout Bibliography
44288 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44289 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44290 LatexCommand bibitem
44296 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44299 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44303 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44304 \begin_inset Newline newline
44308 \begin_inset Flex URL
44311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44313 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44321 \begin_layout Bibliography
44322 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44323 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44324 LatexCommand bibitem
44330 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44333 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44337 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44338 \begin_inset Newline newline
44342 \begin_inset Flex URL
44345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44347 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44355 \begin_layout Bibliography
44356 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44357 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44358 LatexCommand bibitem
44364 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44367 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44371 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44372 \begin_inset Newline newline
44376 \begin_inset Flex URL
44379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44381 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44389 \begin_layout Bibliography
44390 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44391 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44392 LatexCommand bibitem
44398 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44401 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44405 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44406 \begin_inset Newline newline
44410 \begin_inset Flex URL
44413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44415 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44423 \begin_layout Bibliography
44424 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44425 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44426 LatexCommand bibitem
44432 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44435 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44439 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44440 \begin_inset Newline newline
44444 \begin_inset Flex URL
44447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44449 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44457 \begin_layout Bibliography
44458 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44459 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44460 LatexCommand bibitem
44466 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44469 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44473 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44474 \begin_inset Newline newline
44478 \begin_inset Flex URL
44481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44483 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44491 \begin_layout Bibliography
44492 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44493 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44494 LatexCommand bibitem
44500 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44503 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44507 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44508 \begin_inset Newline newline
44512 \begin_inset Flex URL
44515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44517 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44525 \begin_layout Bibliography
44526 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44527 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44528 LatexCommand bibitem
44534 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44537 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44541 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44542 \begin_inset Newline newline
44546 \begin_inset Flex URL
44549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44551 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44559 \begin_layout Bibliography
44560 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44561 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44562 LatexCommand bibitem
44568 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44571 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44575 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44576 \begin_inset Newline newline
44580 \begin_inset Flex URL
44583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44585 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44593 \begin_layout Bibliography
44594 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44595 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44596 LatexCommand bibitem
44602 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44605 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44609 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44610 \begin_inset Newline newline
44614 \begin_inset Flex URL
44617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44619 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44627 \begin_layout Bibliography
44628 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44629 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44630 LatexCommand bibitem
44636 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44639 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44643 about new features in
44648 \begin_inset Newline newline
44652 \begin_inset Flex URL
44655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44657 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44665 \begin_layout Standard
44666 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44700 \begin_inset Note Note
44703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44710 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44711 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44712 bibliography is the second one:
44720 \begin_layout Standard
44721 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44722 LatexCommand bibtex
44723 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44724 options "biblio/alphadin"
44731 \begin_layout Standard
44732 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44735 \begin_layout Standard
44736 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44737 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44743 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44744 LatexCommand printindex